MyDugsiStart learning

Juz 23: read word by word, with audio

Juz 23 of 30 · begins with ۞ وَمَآ أَنزَلْنَا عَلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ · 357 verses

It covers Surah Ya-Sin verses 28–83, Surah As-Saffat verses 1–182, Surah Sad verses 1–88 and Surah Az-Zumar verses 1–31. Read it verse by verse: the Arabic, a recitation you can repeat, the transliteration and English translation, then the meaning of every word.

Jump to: Ya-Sin 28 · As-Saffat 1 · Sad 1 · Az-Zumar 1

Surah Ya-Sin يس verses 28–83

Verse 28

۞ وَمَآ أَنزَلْنَا عَلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ مِن جُندٍ مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَمَا كُنَّا مُنزِلِينَ

Transliteration wamā anzalnā ʿalā qawmihi min baʿdihi min jundin mina l-samāi wamā kunnā munzilīna

English And We did not send down upon his people after him any soldiers from the heaven, nor would We have done so.

  1. ۞ وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَنزَلْنَاanzalnāWe sent down
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  4. قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
  5. مِنۢminafter him
  6. بَعْدِهِۦbaʿdihiafter him
  7. مِنminany
  8. جُندٍۢjundinhost
  9. مِّنَminafrom
  10. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe heaven
  11. وَمَاwamāand not
  12. كُنَّاkunnāwere We
  13. مُنزِلِينَmunzilīna(to) send down

Verse 29

إِن كَانَتْ إِلَّا صَيْحَةً وَٰحِدَةً فَإِذَا هُمْ خَـٰمِدُونَ

Transliteration in kānat illā ṣayḥatan wāḥidatan fa-idhā hum khāmidūna

English It was not but one shout, and immediately they were extinguished.

  1. إِنinNot
  2. كَانَتْkānatit was
  3. إِلَّاillābut
  4. صَيْحَةًۭṣayḥatana shout
  5. وَٰحِدَةًۭwāḥidatanone
  6. فَإِذَاfa-idhāthen behold
  7. هُمْhumThey
  8. خَـٰمِدُونَkhāmidūna(were) extinguished

Verse 30

يَـٰحَسْرَةً عَلَى ٱلْعِبَادِ ۚ مَا يَأْتِيهِم مِّن رَّسُولٍ إِلَّا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ

Transliteration yāḥasratan ʿalā l-ʿibādi mā yatīhim min rasūlin illā kānū bihi yastahziūna

English How regretful for the servants. There did not come to them any messenger except that they used to ridicule him.

  1. يَـٰحَسْرَةًyāḥasratanAlas
  2. عَلَىʿalāfor
  3. ٱلْعِبَادِ ۚl-ʿibādithe servants
  4. مَاmāNot
  5. يَأْتِيهِمyatīhimcame to them
  6. مِّنminany
  7. رَّسُولٍrasūlinMessenger
  8. إِلَّاillābut
  9. كَانُوا۟kānūthey did
  10. بِهِۦbihimock at him
  11. يَسْتَهْزِءُونَyastahziūnamock at him

Verse 31

أَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ كَمْ أَهْلَكْنَا قَبْلَهُم مِّنَ ٱلْقُرُونِ أَنَّهُمْ إِلَيْهِمْ لَا يَرْجِعُونَ

Transliteration alam yaraw kam ahlaknā qablahum mina l-qurūni annahum ilayhim lā yarjiʿūna

English Have they not considered how many generations We destroyed before them - that they to them will not return?

  1. أَلَمْalamDo not
  2. يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
  3. كَمْkamhow many
  4. أَهْلَكْنَاahlaknāWe destroyed
  5. قَبْلَهُمqablahumbefore them
  6. مِّنَminaof
  7. ٱلْقُرُونِl-qurūnithe generations
  8. أَنَّهُمْannahumThat they
  9. إِلَيْهِمْilayhimto them
  10. لَاlāwill not return
  11. يَرْجِعُونَyarjiʿūnawill not return

Verse 32

وَإِن كُلٌّ لَّمَّا جَمِيعٌ لَّدَيْنَا مُحْضَرُونَ

Transliteration wa-in kullun lammā jamīʿun ladaynā muḥ'ḍarūna

English And indeed, all of them will yet be brought present before Us.

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd surely
  2. كُلٌّۭkullunall
  3. لَّمَّاlammāthen
  4. جَمِيعٌۭjamīʿuntogether
  5. لَّدَيْنَاladaynābefore Us
  6. مُحْضَرُونَmuḥ'ḍarūna(will be) brought

Verse 33

وَءَايَةٌ لَّهُمُ ٱلْأَرْضُ ٱلْمَيْتَةُ أَحْيَيْنَـٰهَا وَأَخْرَجْنَا مِنْهَا حَبًّا فَمِنْهُ يَأْكُلُونَ

Transliteration waāyatun lahumu l-arḍu l-maytatu aḥyaynāhā wa-akhrajnā min'hā ḥabban famin'hu yakulūna

English And a sign for them is the dead earth. We have brought it to life and brought forth from it grain, and from it they eat.

  1. وَءَايَةٌۭwaāyatunAnd a Sign
  2. لَّهُمُlahumufor them
  3. ٱلْأَرْضُl-arḍu(is) the earth
  4. ٱلْمَيْتَةُl-maytatudead
  5. أَحْيَيْنَـٰهَاaḥyaynāhāWe give it life
  6. وَأَخْرَجْنَاwa-akhrajnāand We bring forth
  7. مِنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  8. حَبًّۭاḥabbangrain
  9. فَمِنْهُfamin'huand from it
  10. يَأْكُلُونَyakulūnathey eat

Verse 34

وَجَعَلْنَا فِيهَا جَنَّـٰتٍ مِّن نَّخِيلٍ وَأَعْنَـٰبٍ وَفَجَّرْنَا فِيهَا مِنَ ٱلْعُيُونِ

Transliteration wajaʿalnā fīhā jannātin min nakhīlin wa-aʿnābin wafajjarnā fīhā mina l-ʿuyūni

English And We placed therein gardens of palm trees and grapevines and caused to burst forth therefrom some springs -

  1. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāAnd We placed
  2. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  3. جَنَّـٰتٍۢjannātingardens
  4. مِّنminof
  5. نَّخِيلٍۢnakhīlindate-palms
  6. وَأَعْنَـٰبٍۢwa-aʿnābinand grapevines
  7. وَفَجَّرْنَاwafajjarnāand We caused to gush forth
  8. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  9. مِنَminaof
  10. ٱلْعُيُونِl-ʿuyūnithe springs

Verse 35

لِيَأْكُلُوا۟ مِن ثَمَرِهِۦ وَمَا عَمِلَتْهُ أَيْدِيهِمْ ۖ أَفَلَا يَشْكُرُونَ

Transliteration liyakulū min thamarihi wamā ʿamilathu aydīhim afalā yashkurūna

English That they may eat of His fruit. And their hands have not produced it, so will they not be grateful?

  1. لِيَأْكُلُوا۟liyakulūThat they may eat
  2. مِنminof
  3. ثَمَرِهِۦthamarihiits fruit
  4. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  5. عَمِلَتْهُʿamilathumade it
  6. أَيْدِيهِمْ ۖaydīhimtheir hands
  7. أَفَلَاafalāSo will not
  8. يَشْكُرُونَyashkurūnathey be grateful

Verse 36

سُبْحَـٰنَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلْأَزْوَٰجَ كُلَّهَا مِمَّا تُنۢبِتُ ٱلْأَرْضُ وَمِنْ أَنفُسِهِمْ وَمِمَّا لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration sub'ḥāna alladhī khalaqa l-azwāja kullahā mimmā tunbitu l-arḍu wamin anfusihim wamimmā lā yaʿlamūna

English Exalted is He who created all pairs - from what the earth grows and from themselves and from that which they do not know.

  1. سُبْحَـٰنَsub'ḥānaGlory be
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(to) the One Who
  3. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  4. ٱلْأَزْوَٰجَl-azwāja(in) pairs
  5. كُلَّهَاkullahāall
  6. مِمَّاmimmāof what
  7. تُنۢبِتُtunbitugrows
  8. ٱلْأَرْضُl-arḍuthe earth
  9. وَمِنْwaminand of
  10. أَنفُسِهِمْanfusihimthemselves
  11. وَمِمَّاwamimmāand of what
  12. لَاlānot
  13. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnathey know

Verse 37

وَءَايَةٌ لَّهُمُ ٱلَّيْلُ نَسْلَخُ مِنْهُ ٱلنَّهَارَ فَإِذَا هُم مُّظْلِمُونَ

Transliteration waāyatun lahumu al-laylu naslakhu min'hu l-nahāra fa-idhā hum muẓ'limūna

English And a sign for them is the night. We remove from it the [light of] day, so they are [left] in darkness.

  1. وَءَايَةٌۭwaāyatunAnd a Sign
  2. لَّهُمُlahumufor them
  3. ٱلَّيْلُal-laylu(is) the night
  4. نَسْلَخُnaslakhuWe withdraw
  5. مِنْهُmin'hufrom it
  6. ٱلنَّهَارَl-nahārathe day
  7. فَإِذَاfa-idhāThen behold
  8. هُمhumThey
  9. مُّظْلِمُونَmuẓ'limūna(are) those in darkness

Verse 38

وَٱلشَّمْسُ تَجْرِى لِمُسْتَقَرٍّ لَّهَا ۚ ذَٰلِكَ تَقْدِيرُ ٱلْعَزِيزِ ٱلْعَلِيمِ

Transliteration wal-shamsu tajrī limus'taqarrin lahā dhālika taqdīru l-ʿazīzi l-ʿalīmi

English And the sun runs [on course] toward its stopping point. That is the determination of the Exalted in Might, the Knowing.

  1. وَٱلشَّمْسُwal-shamsuAnd the sun
  2. تَجْرِىtajrīruns
  3. لِمُسْتَقَرٍّۢlimus'taqarrinto a term appointed
  4. لَّهَا ۚlahāfor it
  5. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  6. تَقْدِيرُtaqdīru(is the) Decree
  7. ٱلْعَزِيزِl-ʿazīzi(of) the All-Mighty
  8. ٱلْعَلِيمِl-ʿalīmithe All-Knowing

Verse 39

وَٱلْقَمَرَ قَدَّرْنَـٰهُ مَنَازِلَ حَتَّىٰ عَادَ كَٱلْعُرْجُونِ ٱلْقَدِيمِ

Transliteration wal-qamara qaddarnāhu manāzila ḥattā ʿāda kal-ʿur'jūni l-qadīmi

English And the moon - We have determined for it phases, until it returns [appearing] like the old date stalk.

  1. وَٱلْقَمَرَwal-qamaraAnd the moon
  2. قَدَّرْنَـٰهُqaddarnāhuWe have ordained for it
  3. مَنَازِلَmanāzilaphases
  4. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  5. عَادَʿādait returns
  6. كَٱلْعُرْجُونِkal-ʿur'jūnilike the date stalk
  7. ٱلْقَدِيمِl-qadīmithe old

Verse 40

لَا ٱلشَّمْسُ يَنۢبَغِى لَهَآ أَن تُدْرِكَ ٱلْقَمَرَ وَلَا ٱلَّيْلُ سَابِقُ ٱلنَّهَارِ ۚ وَكُلٌّ فِى فَلَكٍ يَسْبَحُونَ

Transliteration lā l-shamsu yanbaghī lahā an tud'rika l-qamara walā al-laylu sābiqu l-nahāri wakullun fī falakin yasbaḥūna

English It is not allowable [i.e., possible] for the sun to reach the moon, nor does the night overtake the day, but each, in an orbit, is swimming.

  1. لَاlāNot
  2. ٱلشَّمْسُl-shamsuthe sun
  3. يَنۢبَغِىyanbaghīis permitted
  4. لَهَآlahāfor it
  5. أَنanthat
  6. تُدْرِكَtud'rikait overtakes
  7. ٱلْقَمَرَl-qamarathe moon
  8. وَلَاwalāand not
  9. ٱلَّيْلُal-layluthe night
  10. سَابِقُsābiqu(can) outstrip
  11. ٱلنَّهَارِ ۚl-nahārithe day
  12. وَكُلٌّۭwakullunbut all
  13. فِىfīin
  14. فَلَكٍۢfalakinan orbit
  15. يَسْبَحُونَyasbaḥūnathey are floating

Verse 41

وَءَايَةٌ لَّهُمْ أَنَّا حَمَلْنَا ذُرِّيَّتَهُمْ فِى ٱلْفُلْكِ ٱلْمَشْحُونِ

Transliteration waāyatun lahum annā ḥamalnā dhurriyyatahum fī l-ful'ki l-mashḥūni

English And a sign for them is that We carried their forefathers in a laden ship.

  1. وَءَايَةٌۭwaāyatunAnd a Sign
  2. لَّهُمْlahumfor them
  3. أَنَّاannā(is) that
  4. حَمَلْنَاḥamalnāWe carried
  5. ذُرِّيَّتَهُمْdhurriyyatahumtheir offspring
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلْفُلْكِl-ful'kithe ship
  8. ٱلْمَشْحُونِl-mashḥūniladen

Verse 42

وَخَلَقْنَا لَهُم مِّن مِّثْلِهِۦ مَا يَرْكَبُونَ

Transliteration wakhalaqnā lahum min mith'lihi mā yarkabūna

English And We created for them from the likes of it that which they ride.

  1. وَخَلَقْنَاwakhalaqnāAnd We created
  2. لَهُمlahumfor them
  3. مِّنminfrom
  4. مِّثْلِهِۦmith'lihi(the) likes of it
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. يَرْكَبُونَyarkabūnathey ride

Verse 43

وَإِن نَّشَأْ نُغْرِقْهُمْ فَلَا صَرِيخَ لَهُمْ وَلَا هُمْ يُنقَذُونَ

Transliteration wa-in nasha nugh'riq'hum falā ṣarīkha lahum walā hum yunqadhūna

English And if We should will, We could drown them; then no one responding to a cry would there be for them, nor would they be saved

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  2. نَّشَأْnashaWe will
  3. نُغْرِقْهُمْnugh'riq'humWe could drown them
  4. فَلَاfalāthen not
  5. صَرِيخَṣarīkha(would be) a responder to a cry
  6. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  7. وَلَاwalāand not
  8. هُمْhumthey
  9. يُنقَذُونَyunqadhūnawould be saved

Verse 44

إِلَّا رَحْمَةً مِّنَّا وَمَتَـٰعًا إِلَىٰ حِينٍ

Transliteration illā raḥmatan minnā wamatāʿan ilā ḥīnin

English Except as a mercy from Us and provision for a time.

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. رَحْمَةًۭraḥmatan(by) Mercy
  3. مِّنَّاminnāfrom Us
  4. وَمَتَـٰعًاwamatāʿanand provision
  5. إِلَىٰilāfor
  6. حِينٍۢḥīnina time

Verse 45

وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمُ ٱتَّقُوا۟ مَا بَيْنَ أَيْدِيكُمْ وَمَا خَلْفَكُمْ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ

Transliteration wa-idhā qīla lahumu ittaqū mā bayna aydīkum wamā khalfakum laʿallakum tur'ḥamūna

English But when it is said to them, "Beware of what is before you and what is behind you; perhaps you will receive mercy..."

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. قِيلَqīlait is said
  3. لَهُمُlahumuto them
  4. ٱتَّقُوا۟ittaqūFear
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. بَيْنَbayna(is) before you
  7. أَيْدِيكُمْaydīkum(is) before you
  8. وَمَاwamāand what
  9. خَلْفَكُمْkhalfakum(is) behind you
  10. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  11. تُرْحَمُونَtur'ḥamūnareceive mercy

Verse 46

وَمَا تَأْتِيهِم مِّنْ ءَايَةٍ مِّنْ ءَايَـٰتِ رَبِّهِمْ إِلَّا كَانُوا۟ عَنْهَا مُعْرِضِينَ

Transliteration wamā tatīhim min āyatin min āyāti rabbihim illā kānū ʿanhā muʿ'riḍīna

English And no sign comes to them from the signs of their Lord except that they are from it turning away.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. تَأْتِيهِمtatīhimcomes to them
  3. مِّنْminof
  4. ءَايَةٍۢāyatina Sign
  5. مِّنْminfrom
  6. ءَايَـٰتِāyāti(the) Signs
  7. رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(of) their Lord
  8. إِلَّاillābut
  9. كَانُوا۟kānūthey
  10. عَنْهَاʿanhāfrom it
  11. مُعْرِضِينَmuʿ'riḍīnaturn away

Verse 47

وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمْ أَنفِقُوا۟ مِمَّا رَزَقَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ قَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لِلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ أَنُطْعِمُ مَن لَّوْ يَشَآءُ ٱللَّهُ أَطْعَمَهُۥٓ إِنْ أَنتُمْ إِلَّا فِى ضَلَـٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration wa-idhā qīla lahum anfiqū mimmā razaqakumu l-lahu qāla alladhīna kafarū lilladhīna āmanū anuṭ'ʿimu man law yashāu l-lahu aṭʿamahu in antum illā fī ḍalālin mubīnin

English And when it is said to them, "Spend from that which Allāh has provided for you," those who disbelieve say to those who believe, "Should we feed one whom, if Allāh had willed, He would have fed? You are not but in clear error."

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. قِيلَqīlait is said
  3. لَهُمْlahumto them
  4. أَنفِقُوا۟anfiqūSpend
  5. مِمَّاmimmāfrom what
  6. رَزَقَكُمُrazaqakumu(has) provided you
  7. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  8. قَالَqālaSaid
  9. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  10. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  11. لِلَّذِينَlilladhīnato those who
  12. ءَامَنُوٓا۟āmanūbelieved
  13. أَنُطْعِمُanuṭ'ʿimuShould we feed
  14. مَنmanwhom
  15. لَّوْlawif
  16. يَشَآءُyashāuAllah willed
  17. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah willed
  18. أَطْعَمَهُۥٓaṭʿamahuHe would have fed him
  19. إِنْinNot
  20. أَنتُمْantum(are) you
  21. إِلَّاillāexcept
  22. فِىfīin
  23. ضَلَـٰلٍۢḍalālinan error
  24. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninclear

Verse 48

وَيَقُولُونَ مَتَىٰ هَـٰذَا ٱلْوَعْدُ إِن كُنتُمْ صَـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration wayaqūlūna matā hādhā l-waʿdu in kuntum ṣādiqīna

English And they say, "When is this promise, if you should be truthful?"

  1. وَيَقُولُونَwayaqūlūnaAnd they say
  2. مَتَىٰmatāWhen (is)
  3. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  4. ٱلْوَعْدُl-waʿdupromise
  5. إِنinif
  6. كُنتُمْkuntumyou are
  7. صَـٰدِقِينَṣādiqīnatruthful

Verse 49

مَا يَنظُرُونَ إِلَّا صَيْحَةً وَٰحِدَةً تَأْخُذُهُمْ وَهُمْ يَخِصِّمُونَ

Transliteration mā yanẓurūna illā ṣayḥatan wāḥidatan takhudhuhum wahum yakhiṣṣimūna

English They do not await except one blast which will seize them while they are disputing.

  1. مَاmāNot
  2. يَنظُرُونَyanẓurūnathey await
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. صَيْحَةًۭṣayḥatana shout
  5. وَٰحِدَةًۭwāḥidatanone
  6. تَأْخُذُهُمْtakhudhuhumit will seize them
  7. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  8. يَخِصِّمُونَyakhiṣṣimūnaare disputing

Verse 50

فَلَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ تَوْصِيَةً وَلَآ إِلَىٰٓ أَهْلِهِمْ يَرْجِعُونَ

Transliteration falā yastaṭīʿūna tawṣiyatan walā ilā ahlihim yarjiʿūna

English And they will not be able [to give] any instruction, nor to their people can they return.

  1. فَلَاfalāThen not
  2. يَسْتَطِيعُونَyastaṭīʿūnathey will be able
  3. تَوْصِيَةًۭtawṣiyatan(to) make a will
  4. وَلَآwalāand not
  5. إِلَىٰٓilāto
  6. أَهْلِهِمْahlihimtheir people
  7. يَرْجِعُونَyarjiʿūnathey (can) return

Verse 51

وَنُفِخَ فِى ٱلصُّورِ فَإِذَا هُم مِّنَ ٱلْأَجْدَاثِ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ يَنسِلُونَ

Transliteration wanufikha fī l-ṣūri fa-idhā hum mina l-ajdāthi ilā rabbihim yansilūna

English And the Horn will be blown; and at once from the graves to their Lord they will hasten.

  1. وَنُفِخَwanufikhaAnd will be blown
  2. فِىfī[in]
  3. ٱلصُّورِl-ṣūrithe trumpet
  4. فَإِذَاfa-idhāand behold
  5. هُمhumThey
  6. مِّنَminafrom
  7. ٱلْأَجْدَاثِl-ajdāthithe graves
  8. إِلَىٰilāto
  9. رَبِّهِمْrabbihimtheir Lord
  10. يَنسِلُونَyansilūna[they] will hasten

Verse 52

قَالُوا۟ يَـٰوَيْلَنَا مَنۢ بَعَثَنَا مِن مَّرْقَدِنَا ۜ ۗ هَـٰذَا مَا وَعَدَ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُ وَصَدَقَ ٱلْمُرْسَلُونَ

Transliteration qālū yāwaylanā man baʿathanā min marqadinā hādhā mā waʿada l-raḥmānu waṣadaqa l-mur'salūna

English They will say, "O woe to us! Who has raised us up from our sleeping place?" [The reply will be], "This is what the Most Merciful had promised, and the messengers told the truth."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey [will] say
  2. يَـٰوَيْلَنَاyāwaylanāO woe to us
  3. مَنۢmanWho
  4. بَعَثَنَاbaʿathanāhas raised us
  5. مِنminfrom
  6. مَّرْقَدِنَا ۜ ۗmarqadināour sleeping place
  7. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis (is)
  8. مَاmāWhat
  9. وَعَدَwaʿada(had) promised
  10. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُl-raḥmānuthe Most Gracious
  11. وَصَدَقَwaṣadaqaand told (the) truth
  12. ٱلْمُرْسَلُونَl-mur'salūnathe Messengers

Verse 53

إِن كَانَتْ إِلَّا صَيْحَةً وَٰحِدَةً فَإِذَا هُمْ جَمِيعٌ لَّدَيْنَا مُحْضَرُونَ

Transliteration in kānat illā ṣayḥatan wāḥidatan fa-idhā hum jamīʿun ladaynā muḥ'ḍarūna

English It will not be but one blast, and at once they are all brought present before Us.

  1. إِنinNot
  2. كَانَتْkānatit will be
  3. إِلَّاillābut
  4. صَيْحَةًۭṣayḥatana shout
  5. وَٰحِدَةًۭwāḥidatansingle
  6. فَإِذَاfa-idhāso behold
  7. هُمْhumThey
  8. جَمِيعٌۭjamīʿunall
  9. لَّدَيْنَاladaynābefore Us
  10. مُحْضَرُونَmuḥ'ḍarūna(will be) brought

Verse 54

فَٱلْيَوْمَ لَا تُظْلَمُ نَفْسٌ شَيْـًٔا وَلَا تُجْزَوْنَ إِلَّا مَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration fal-yawma lā tuẓ'lamu nafsun shayan walā tuj'zawna illā mā kuntum taʿmalūna

English So today [i.e., the Day of Judgement] no soul will be wronged at all, and you will not be recompensed except for what you used to do.

  1. فَٱلْيَوْمَfal-yawmaSo this Day
  2. لَاlānot
  3. تُظْلَمُtuẓ'lamuwill be wronged
  4. نَفْسٌۭnafsuna soul
  5. شَيْـًۭٔاshayan(in) anything
  6. وَلَاwalāand not
  7. تُجْزَوْنَtuj'zawnayou will be recompensed
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. مَاmā(for) what
  10. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used (to)
  11. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnado

Verse 55

إِنَّ أَصْحَـٰبَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ ٱلْيَوْمَ فِى شُغُلٍ فَـٰكِهُونَ

Transliteration inna aṣḥāba l-janati l-yawma fī shughulin fākihūna

English Indeed the companions of Paradise, that Day, will be amused in [joyful] occupation -

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. أَصْحَـٰبَaṣḥāba(the) companions
  3. ٱلْجَنَّةِl-janati(of) Paradise
  4. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmathis Day
  5. فِىfī[in]
  6. شُغُلٍۢshughulinwill be occupied
  7. فَـٰكِهُونَfākihūna(in) amusement

Verse 56

هُمْ وَأَزْوَٰجُهُمْ فِى ظِلَـٰلٍ عَلَى ٱلْأَرَآئِكِ مُتَّكِـُٔونَ

Transliteration hum wa-azwājuhum fī ẓilālin ʿalā l-arāiki muttakiūna

English They and their spouses - in shade, reclining on adorned couches.

  1. هُمْhumThey
  2. وَأَزْوَٰجُهُمْwa-azwājuhumand their spouses
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ظِلَـٰلٍẓilālinshades
  5. عَلَىʿalāon
  6. ٱلْأَرَآئِكِl-arāiki[the] couches
  7. مُتَّكِـُٔونَmuttakiūnareclining

Verse 57

لَهُمْ فِيهَا فَـٰكِهَةٌ وَلَهُم مَّا يَدَّعُونَ

Transliteration lahum fīhā fākihatun walahum mā yaddaʿūna

English For them therein is fruit, and for them is whatever they request [or wish]

  1. لَهُمْlahumFor them
  2. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  3. فَـٰكِهَةٌۭfākihatun(are) fruits
  4. وَلَهُمwalahumand for them
  5. مَّاmā(is) whatever
  6. يَدَّعُونَyaddaʿūnathey call for

Verse 58

سَلَـٰمٌ قَوْلًا مِّن رَّبٍّ رَّحِيمٍ

Transliteration salāmun qawlan min rabbin raḥīmin

English [And] "Peace," a word from a Merciful Lord.

  1. سَلَـٰمٌۭsalāmunPeace
  2. قَوْلًۭاqawlanA word
  3. مِّنminfrom
  4. رَّبٍّۢrabbina Lord
  5. رَّحِيمٍۢraḥīminMost Merciful

Verse 59

وَٱمْتَـٰزُوا۟ ٱلْيَوْمَ أَيُّهَا ٱلْمُجْرِمُونَ

Transliteration wa-im'tāzū l-yawma ayyuhā l-muj'rimūna

English [Then He will say], "But stand apart today, you criminals.

  1. وَٱمْتَـٰزُوا۟wa-im'tāzūBut stand apart
  2. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmatoday
  3. أَيُّهَاayyuhāO criminals
  4. ٱلْمُجْرِمُونَl-muj'rimūnaO criminals

Verse 60

۞ أَلَمْ أَعْهَدْ إِلَيْكُمْ يَـٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ أَن لَّا تَعْبُدُوا۟ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ لَكُمْ عَدُوٌّ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration alam aʿhad ilaykum yābanī ādama an lā taʿbudū l-shayṭāna innahu lakum ʿaduwwun mubīnun

English Did I not enjoin upon you, O children of Adam, that you not worship Satan - [for] indeed, he is to you a clear enemy -

  1. ۞ أَلَمْalamDid not
  2. أَعْهَدْaʿhadI enjoin
  3. إِلَيْكُمْilaykumupon you
  4. يَـٰبَنِىٓyābanīO Children of Adam
  5. ءَادَمَādamaO Children of Adam
  6. أَنanThat
  7. لَّاlā(do) not
  8. تَعْبُدُوا۟taʿbudūworship
  9. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَ ۖl-shayṭānathe Shaitaan
  10. إِنَّهُۥinnahuindeed, he
  11. لَكُمْlakum(is) for you
  12. عَدُوٌّۭʿaduwwunan enemy
  13. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 61

وَأَنِ ٱعْبُدُونِى ۚ هَـٰذَا صِرَٰطٌ مُّسْتَقِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-ani uʿ'budūnī hādhā ṣirāṭun mus'taqīmun

English And that you worship [only] Me? This is a straight path.

  1. وَأَنِwa-aniAnd that
  2. ٱعْبُدُونِى ۚuʿ'budūnīyou worship Me
  3. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  4. صِرَٰطٌۭṣirāṭun(is) a Path
  5. مُّسْتَقِيمٌۭmus'taqīmunStraight

Verse 62

وَلَقَدْ أَضَلَّ مِنكُمْ جِبِلًّا كَثِيرًا ۖ أَفَلَمْ تَكُونُوا۟ تَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration walaqad aḍalla minkum jibillan kathīran afalam takūnū taʿqilūna

English And he had already led astray from among you much of creation, so did you not use reason?

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd indeed
  2. أَضَلَّaḍallahe led astray
  3. مِنكُمْminkumfrom you
  4. جِبِلًّۭاjibillana multitude
  5. كَثِيرًا ۖkathīrangreat
  6. أَفَلَمْafalamThen did not
  7. تَكُونُوا۟takūnūyou
  8. تَعْقِلُونَtaʿqilūnause reason

Verse 63

هَـٰذِهِۦ جَهَنَّمُ ٱلَّتِى كُنتُمْ تُوعَدُونَ

Transliteration hādhihi jahannamu allatī kuntum tūʿadūna

English This is the Hellfire which you were promised.

  1. هَـٰذِهِۦhādhihiThis (is)
  2. جَهَنَّمُjahannamu(the) Hell
  3. ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
  4. كُنتُمْkuntumyou were
  5. تُوعَدُونَtūʿadūnapromised

Verse 64

ٱصْلَوْهَا ٱلْيَوْمَ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَكْفُرُونَ

Transliteration iṣ'lawhā l-yawma bimā kuntum takfurūna

English [Enter to] burn therein today for what you used to deny."

  1. ٱصْلَوْهَاiṣ'lawhāBurn therein
  2. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmatoday
  3. بِمَاbimābecause
  4. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  5. تَكْفُرُونَtakfurūnadisbelieve

Verse 65

ٱلْيَوْمَ نَخْتِمُ عَلَىٰٓ أَفْوَٰهِهِمْ وَتُكَلِّمُنَآ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَتَشْهَدُ أَرْجُلُهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْسِبُونَ

Transliteration al-yawma nakhtimu ʿalā afwāhihim watukallimunā aydīhim watashhadu arjuluhum bimā kānū yaksibūna

English That Day, We will seal over their mouths, and their hands will speak to Us, and their feet will testify about what they used to earn.

  1. ٱلْيَوْمَal-yawmaThis Day
  2. نَخْتِمُnakhtimuWe will seal
  3. عَلَىٰٓʿalā[on]
  4. أَفْوَٰهِهِمْafwāhihimtheir mouths
  5. وَتُكَلِّمُنَآwatukallimunāand will speak to Us
  6. أَيْدِيهِمْaydīhimtheir hands
  7. وَتَشْهَدُwatashhaduand will bear witness
  8. أَرْجُلُهُمarjuluhumtheir feet
  9. بِمَاbimāabout what
  10. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  11. يَكْسِبُونَyaksibūnaearn

Verse 66

وَلَوْ نَشَآءُ لَطَمَسْنَا عَلَىٰٓ أَعْيُنِهِمْ فَٱسْتَبَقُوا۟ ٱلصِّرَٰطَ فَأَنَّىٰ يُبْصِرُونَ

Transliteration walaw nashāu laṭamasnā ʿalā aʿyunihim fa-is'tabaqū l-ṣirāṭa fa-annā yub'ṣirūna

English And if We willed, We could have obliterated their eyes, and they would race to [find] the path, and how could they see?

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. نَشَآءُnashāuWe willed
  3. لَطَمَسْنَاlaṭamasnāWe (would have) surely obliterated
  4. عَلَىٰٓʿalā[over]
  5. أَعْيُنِهِمْaʿyunihimtheir eyes
  6. فَٱسْتَبَقُوا۟fa-is'tabaqūthen they (would) race
  7. ٱلصِّرَٰطَl-ṣirāṭa(to find) the path
  8. فَأَنَّىٰfa-annāthen how
  9. يُبْصِرُونَyub'ṣirūna(could) they see

Verse 67

وَلَوْ نَشَآءُ لَمَسَخْنَـٰهُمْ عَلَىٰ مَكَانَتِهِمْ فَمَا ٱسْتَطَـٰعُوا۟ مُضِيًّا وَلَا يَرْجِعُونَ

Transliteration walaw nashāu lamasakhnāhum ʿalā makānatihim famā is'taṭāʿū muḍiyyan walā yarjiʿūna

English And if We willed, We could have deformed them, [paralyzing them] in their places so they would not be able to proceed, nor could they return.

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. نَشَآءُnashāuWe willed
  3. لَمَسَخْنَـٰهُمْlamasakhnāhumsurely, We (would have) transformed them
  4. عَلَىٰʿalāin
  5. مَكَانَتِهِمْmakānatihimtheir places
  6. فَمَاfamāthen not
  7. ٱسْتَطَـٰعُوا۟is'taṭāʿūthey would have been able
  8. مُضِيًّۭاmuḍiyyanto proceed
  9. وَلَاwalāand not
  10. يَرْجِعُونَyarjiʿūnareturn

Verse 68

وَمَن نُّعَمِّرْهُ نُنَكِّسْهُ فِى ٱلْخَلْقِ ۖ أَفَلَا يَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration waman nuʿammir'hu nunakkis'hu fī l-khalqi afalā yaʿqilūna

English And he to whom We grant long life We reverse in creation; so will they not understand?

  1. وَمَنwamanAnd (he) whom
  2. نُّعَمِّرْهُnuʿammir'huWe grant him long life
  3. نُنَكِّسْهُnunakkis'huWe reverse him
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْخَلْقِ ۖl-khalqithe creation
  6. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  7. يَعْقِلُونَyaʿqilūnathey use intellect

Verse 69

وَمَا عَلَّمْنَـٰهُ ٱلشِّعْرَ وَمَا يَنۢبَغِى لَهُۥٓ ۚ إِنْ هُوَ إِلَّا ذِكْرٌ وَقُرْءَانٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration wamā ʿallamnāhu l-shiʿ'ra wamā yanbaghī lahu in huwa illā dhik'run waqur'ānun mubīnun

English And We did not give him [i.e., Prophet Muḥammad (ﷺ)] knowledge of poetry, nor is it befitting for him. It is not but a message and a clear Qur’ān

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. عَلَّمْنَـٰهُʿallamnāhuWe taught him
  3. ٱلشِّعْرَl-shiʿ'ra[the] poetry
  4. وَمَاwamāand not
  5. يَنۢبَغِىyanbaghīit is befitting
  6. لَهُۥٓ ۚlahufor him
  7. إِنْinNot
  8. هُوَhuwait
  9. إِلَّاillā(is) except
  10. ذِكْرٌۭdhik'runa Reminder
  11. وَقُرْءَانٌۭwaqur'ānunand a Quran
  12. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 70

لِّيُنذِرَ مَن كَانَ حَيًّا وَيَحِقَّ ٱلْقَوْلُ عَلَى ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration liyundhira man kāna ḥayyan wayaḥiqqa l-qawlu ʿalā l-kāfirīna

English To warn whoever is alive and justify the word [i.e., decree] against the disbelievers.

  1. لِّيُنذِرَliyundhiraTo warn
  2. مَنman(him) who
  3. كَانَkānais
  4. حَيًّۭاḥayyanalive
  5. وَيَحِقَّwayaḥiqqaand may be proved true
  6. ٱلْقَوْلُl-qawluthe Word
  7. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  8. ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīnathe disbelievers

Verse 71

أَوَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ أَنَّا خَلَقْنَا لَهُم مِّمَّا عَمِلَتْ أَيْدِينَآ أَنْعَـٰمًا فَهُمْ لَهَا مَـٰلِكُونَ

Transliteration awalam yaraw annā khalaqnā lahum mimmā ʿamilat aydīnā anʿāman fahum lahā mālikūna

English Do they not see that We have created for them from what Our hands have made, grazing livestock, and [then] they are their owners?

  1. أَوَلَمْawalamDo not
  2. يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
  3. أَنَّاannāthat We
  4. خَلَقْنَاkhalaqnā[We] created
  5. لَهُمlahumfor them
  6. مِّمَّاmimmāfrom what
  7. عَمِلَتْʿamilathave made
  8. أَيْدِينَآaydīnāOur hands
  9. أَنْعَـٰمًۭاanʿāmancattle
  10. فَهُمْfahumthen they
  11. لَهَاlahā[for them]
  12. مَـٰلِكُونَmālikūna(are the) owners

Verse 72

وَذَلَّلْنَـٰهَا لَهُمْ فَمِنْهَا رَكُوبُهُمْ وَمِنْهَا يَأْكُلُونَ

Transliteration wadhallalnāhā lahum famin'hā rakūbuhum wamin'hā yakulūna

English And We have tamed them for them, so some of them they ride, and some of them they eat.

  1. وَذَلَّلْنَـٰهَاwadhallalnāhāAnd We have tamed them
  2. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  3. فَمِنْهَاfamin'hāso some of them
  4. رَكُوبُهُمْrakūbuhumthey ride them
  5. وَمِنْهَاwamin'hāand some of them
  6. يَأْكُلُونَyakulūnathey eat

Verse 73

وَلَهُمْ فِيهَا مَنَـٰفِعُ وَمَشَارِبُ ۖ أَفَلَا يَشْكُرُونَ

Transliteration walahum fīhā manāfiʿu wamashāribu afalā yashkurūna

English And for them therein are [other] benefits and drinks, so will they not be grateful?

  1. وَلَهُمْwalahumAnd for them
  2. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  3. مَنَـٰفِعُmanāfiʿu(are) benefits
  4. وَمَشَارِبُ ۖwamashāribuand drinks
  5. أَفَلَاafalāso (will) not
  6. يَشْكُرُونَyashkurūnathey give thanks

Verse 74

وَٱتَّخَذُوا۟ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ءَالِهَةً لَّعَلَّهُمْ يُنصَرُونَ

Transliteration wa-ittakhadhū min dūni l-lahi ālihatan laʿallahum yunṣarūna

English But they have taken besides Allāh [false] deities that perhaps they would be helped.

  1. وَٱتَّخَذُوا۟wa-ittakhadhūBut they have taken
  2. مِنminbesides
  3. دُونِdūnibesides
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  5. ءَالِهَةًۭālihatangods
  6. لَّعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumthat they may
  7. يُنصَرُونَyunṣarūnabe helped

Verse 75

لَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ نَصْرَهُمْ وَهُمْ لَهُمْ جُندٌ مُّحْضَرُونَ

Transliteration lā yastaṭīʿūna naṣrahum wahum lahum jundun muḥ'ḍarūna

English They are not able to help them, and they [themselves] are for them soldiers in attendance.

  1. لَاlāNot
  2. يَسْتَطِيعُونَyastaṭīʿūnathey are able
  3. نَصْرَهُمْnaṣrahumto help them
  4. وَهُمْwahumbut they
  5. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  6. جُندٌۭjundun(are) hosts
  7. مُّحْضَرُونَmuḥ'ḍarūna(who will) be brought

Verse 76

فَلَا يَحْزُنكَ قَوْلُهُمْ ۘ إِنَّا نَعْلَمُ مَا يُسِرُّونَ وَمَا يُعْلِنُونَ

Transliteration falā yaḥzunka qawluhum innā naʿlamu mā yusirrūna wamā yuʿ'linūna

English So let not their speech grieve you. Indeed, We know what they conceal and what they declare.

  1. فَلَاfalāSo (let) not
  2. يَحْزُنكَyaḥzunkagrieve you
  3. قَوْلُهُمْ ۘqawluhumtheir speech
  4. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  5. نَعْلَمُnaʿlamu[We] know
  6. مَاmāwhat
  7. يُسِرُّونَyusirrūnathey conceal
  8. وَمَاwamāand what
  9. يُعْلِنُونَyuʿ'linūnathey declare

Verse 77

أَوَلَمْ يَرَ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ أَنَّا خَلَقْنَـٰهُ مِن نُّطْفَةٍ فَإِذَا هُوَ خَصِيمٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration awalam yara l-insānu annā khalaqnāhu min nuṭ'fatin fa-idhā huwa khaṣīmun mubīnun

English Does man not consider that We created him from a [mere] sperm-drop - then at once he is a clear adversary?

  1. أَوَلَمْawalamDoes not
  2. يَرَyarasee
  3. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānu[the] man
  4. أَنَّاannāthat We
  5. خَلَقْنَـٰهُkhalaqnāhu[We] created him
  6. مِنminfrom
  7. نُّطْفَةٍۢnuṭ'fatina semen-drop
  8. فَإِذَاfa-idhāThen behold
  9. هُوَhuwaHe
  10. خَصِيمٌۭkhaṣīmun(is) an opponent
  11. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 78

وَضَرَبَ لَنَا مَثَلًا وَنَسِىَ خَلْقَهُۥ ۖ قَالَ مَن يُحْىِ ٱلْعِظَـٰمَ وَهِىَ رَمِيمٌ

Transliteration waḍaraba lanā mathalan wanasiya khalqahu qāla man yuḥ'yī l-ʿiẓāma wahiya ramīmun

English And he presents for Us an example and forgets his [own] creation. He says, "Who will give life to bones while they are disintegrated?"

  1. وَضَرَبَwaḍarabaAnd he sets forth
  2. لَنَاlanāfor Us
  3. مَثَلًۭاmathalanan example
  4. وَنَسِىَwanasiyaand forgets
  5. خَلْقَهُۥ ۖkhalqahuhis (own) creation
  6. قَالَqālaHe says
  7. مَنmanWho
  8. يُحْىِyuḥ'yīwill give life
  9. ٱلْعِظَـٰمَl-ʿiẓāma(to) the bones
  10. وَهِىَwahiyawhile they
  11. رَمِيمٌۭramīmun(are) decomposed

Verse 79

قُلْ يُحْيِيهَا ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنشَأَهَآ أَوَّلَ مَرَّةٍ ۖ وَهُوَ بِكُلِّ خَلْقٍ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration qul yuḥ'yīhā alladhī ansha-ahā awwala marratin wahuwa bikulli khalqin ʿalīmun

English Say, "He will give them life who produced them the first time; and He is, of all creation, Knowing."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. يُحْيِيهَاyuḥ'yīhāHe will give them life
  3. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhīWho
  4. أَنشَأَهَآansha-ahāproduced them
  5. أَوَّلَawwala(the) first
  6. مَرَّةٍۢ ۖmarratintime
  7. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  8. بِكُلِّbikulli(is) of every
  9. خَلْقٍkhalqincreation
  10. عَلِيمٌʿalīmunAll-Knower

Verse 80

ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ لَكُم مِّنَ ٱلشَّجَرِ ٱلْأَخْضَرِ نَارًا فَإِذَآ أَنتُم مِّنْهُ تُوقِدُونَ

Transliteration alladhī jaʿala lakum mina l-shajari l-akhḍari nāran fa-idhā antum min'hu tūqidūna

English [It is] He who made for you from the green tree, fire, and then from it you ignite.

  1. ٱلَّذِىalladhīThe One Who
  2. جَعَلَjaʿalamade
  3. لَكُمlakumfor you
  4. مِّنَminafrom
  5. ٱلشَّجَرِl-shajarithe tree
  6. ٱلْأَخْضَرِl-akhḍari[the] green
  7. نَارًۭاnāranfire
  8. فَإِذَآfa-idhāand behold
  9. أَنتُمantumYou
  10. مِّنْهُmin'hufrom it
  11. تُوقِدُونَtūqidūnaignite

Verse 81

أَوَلَيْسَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ بِقَـٰدِرٍ عَلَىٰٓ أَن يَخْلُقَ مِثْلَهُم ۚ بَلَىٰ وَهُوَ ٱلْخَلَّـٰقُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ

Transliteration awalaysa alladhī khalaqa l-samāwāti wal-arḍa biqādirin ʿalā an yakhluqa mith'lahum balā wahuwa l-khalāqu l-ʿalīmu

English Is not He who created the heavens and the earth Able to create the likes of them? Yes, [it is so]; and He is the Knowing Creator.

  1. أَوَلَيْسَawalaysaIs it not
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(He) Who
  3. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  5. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  6. بِقَـٰدِرٍbiqādirinAble
  7. عَلَىٰٓʿalāto
  8. أَنan[that]
  9. يَخْلُقَyakhluqacreate
  10. مِثْلَهُم ۚmith'lahum(the) like of them
  11. بَلَىٰbalāYes, indeed
  12. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  13. ٱلْخَلَّـٰقُl-khalāqu(is) the Supreme Creator
  14. ٱلْعَلِيمُl-ʿalīmuthe All-Knower

Verse 82

إِنَّمَآ أَمْرُهُۥٓ إِذَآ أَرَادَ شَيْـًٔا أَن يَقُولَ لَهُۥ كُن فَيَكُونُ

Transliteration innamā amruhu idhā arāda shayan an yaqūla lahu kun fayakūnu

English His command is only when He intends a thing that He says to it, "Be," and it is.

  1. إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
  2. أَمْرُهُۥٓamruhuHis Command
  3. إِذَآidhāwhen
  4. أَرَادَarādaHe intends
  5. شَيْـًٔاshayana thing
  6. أَنanthat
  7. يَقُولَyaqūlaHe says
  8. لَهُۥlahuto it
  9. كُنkunBe
  10. فَيَكُونُfayakūnuand it is

Verse 83

فَسُبْحَـٰنَ ٱلَّذِى بِيَدِهِۦ مَلَكُوتُ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ وَإِلَيْهِ تُرْجَعُونَ

Transliteration fasub'ḥāna alladhī biyadihi malakūtu kulli shayin wa-ilayhi tur'jaʿūna

English So exalted is He in whose hand is the realm of all things, and to Him you will be returned.

  1. فَسُبْحَـٰنَfasub'ḥānaSo glory be
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(to) the One who
  3. بِيَدِهِۦbiyadihiin Whose hand
  4. مَلَكُوتُmalakūtuis (the) dominion
  5. كُلِّkulli(of) all
  6. شَىْءٍۢshayinthings
  7. وَإِلَيْهِwa-ilayhiand to Him
  8. تُرْجَعُونَtur'jaʿūnayou will be returned

Surah As-Saffat الصافات verses 1–182

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

وَٱلصَّـٰٓفَّـٰتِ صَفًّا

Transliteration wal-ṣāfāti ṣaffan

English By those [angels] lined up in rows

  1. وَٱلصَّـٰٓفَّـٰتِwal-ṣāfātiBy those lined
  2. صَفًّۭاṣaffan(in) rows

Verse 2

فَٱلزَّٰجِرَٰتِ زَجْرًا

Transliteration fal-zājirāti zajran

English And those who drive [the clouds]

  1. فَٱلزَّٰجِرَٰتِfal-zājirātiAnd those who drive
  2. زَجْرًۭاzajranstrongly

Verse 3

فَٱلتَّـٰلِيَـٰتِ ذِكْرًا

Transliteration fal-tāliyāti dhik'ran

English And those who recite the message,

  1. فَٱلتَّـٰلِيَـٰتِfal-tāliyātiAnd those who recite
  2. ذِكْرًاdhik'ran(the) Message

Verse 4

إِنَّ إِلَـٰهَكُمْ لَوَٰحِدٌ

Transliteration inna ilāhakum lawāḥidun

English Indeed, your God is One,

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. إِلَـٰهَكُمْilāhakumyour Lord
  3. لَوَٰحِدٌۭlawāḥidun(is) surely One

Verse 5

رَّبُّ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا وَرَبُّ ٱلْمَشَـٰرِقِ

Transliteration rabbu l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wamā baynahumā warabbu l-mashāriqi

English Lord of the heavens and the earth and that between them and Lord of the sunrises.

  1. رَّبُّrabbuLord
  2. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  3. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  4. وَمَاwamāand what
  5. بَيْنَهُمَاbaynahumā(is) between both of them
  6. وَرَبُّwarabbuand Lord
  7. ٱلْمَشَـٰرِقِl-mashāriqi(of) each point of sunrise

Verse 6

إِنَّا زَيَّنَّا ٱلسَّمَآءَ ٱلدُّنْيَا بِزِينَةٍ ٱلْكَوَاكِبِ

Transliteration innā zayyannā l-samāa l-dun'yā bizīnatin l-kawākibi

English Indeed, We have adorned the nearest heaven with an adornment of stars

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. زَيَّنَّاzayyannā[We] adorned
  3. ٱلسَّمَآءَl-samāathe sky
  4. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā[the world]
  5. بِزِينَةٍbizīnatinwith an adornment
  6. ٱلْكَوَاكِبِl-kawākibi(of) the stars

Verse 7

وَحِفْظًا مِّن كُلِّ شَيْطَـٰنٍ مَّارِدٍ

Transliteration waḥif'ẓan min kulli shayṭānin māridin

English And as protection against every rebellious devil

  1. وَحِفْظًۭاwaḥif'ẓanAnd (to) guard
  2. مِّنminagainst
  3. كُلِّkullievery
  4. شَيْطَـٰنٍۢshayṭānindevil
  5. مَّارِدٍۢmāridinrebellious

Verse 8

لَّا يَسَّمَّعُونَ إِلَى ٱلْمَلَإِ ٱلْأَعْلَىٰ وَيُقْذَفُونَ مِن كُلِّ جَانِبٍ

Transliteration lā yassammaʿūna ilā l-mala-i l-aʿlā wayuq'dhafūna min kulli jānibin

English [So] they may not listen to the exalted assembly [of angels] and are pelted from every side,

  1. لَّاlāNot
  2. يَسَّمَّعُونَyassammaʿūnathey may listen
  3. إِلَىilāto
  4. ٱلْمَلَإِl-mala-ithe assembly
  5. ٱلْأَعْلَىٰl-aʿlā[the] exalted
  6. وَيُقْذَفُونَwayuq'dhafūnaare pelted
  7. مِنminfrom
  8. كُلِّkullievery
  9. جَانِبٍۢjānibinside

Verse 9

دُحُورًا ۖ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ وَاصِبٌ

Transliteration duḥūran walahum ʿadhābun wāṣibun

English Repelled; and for them is a constant punishment,

  1. دُحُورًۭا ۖduḥūranRepelled
  2. وَلَهُمْwalahumand for them
  3. عَذَابٌۭʿadhābun(is) a punishment
  4. وَاصِبٌwāṣibunperpetual

Verse 10

إِلَّا مَنْ خَطِفَ ٱلْخَطْفَةَ فَأَتْبَعَهُۥ شِهَابٌ ثَاقِبٌ

Transliteration illā man khaṭifa l-khaṭfata fa-atbaʿahu shihābun thāqibun

English Except one who snatches [some words] by theft, but they are pursued by a burning flame, piercing [in brightness].

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. مَنْman(him) who
  3. خَطِفَkhaṭifasnatches
  4. ٱلْخَطْفَةَl-khaṭfata(by) theft
  5. فَأَتْبَعَهُۥfa-atbaʿahubut follows him
  6. شِهَابٌۭshihābuna burning flame
  7. ثَاقِبٌۭthāqibunpiercing

Verse 11

فَٱسْتَفْتِهِمْ أَهُمْ أَشَدُّ خَلْقًا أَم مَّنْ خَلَقْنَآ ۚ إِنَّا خَلَقْنَـٰهُم مِّن طِينٍ لَّازِبٍۭ

Transliteration fa-is'taftihim ahum ashaddu khalqan am man khalaqnā innā khalaqnāhum min ṭīnin lāzibin

English Then inquire of them, [O Muḥammad], "Are they a stronger [or more difficult] creation or those [others] We have created?" Indeed, We created them [i.e., men] from sticky clay.

  1. فَٱسْتَفْتِهِمْfa-is'taftihimThen ask them
  2. أَهُمْahumAre they
  3. أَشَدُّashaddua stronger
  4. خَلْقًاkhalqancreation
  5. أَمamor
  6. مَّنْman(those) whom
  7. خَلَقْنَآ ۚkhalaqnāWe have created
  8. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  9. خَلَقْنَـٰهُمkhalaqnāhumcreated them
  10. مِّنminfrom
  11. طِينٍۢṭīnina clay
  12. لَّازِبٍۭlāzibinsticky

Verse 12

بَلْ عَجِبْتَ وَيَسْخَرُونَ

Transliteration bal ʿajib'ta wayaskharūna

English But you wonder, while they mock,

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. عَجِبْتَʿajib'tayou wonder
  3. وَيَسْخَرُونَwayaskharūnawhile they mock

Verse 13

وَإِذَا ذُكِّرُوا۟ لَا يَذْكُرُونَ

Transliteration wa-idhā dhukkirū lā yadhkurūna

English And when they are reminded, they remember not.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. ذُكِّرُوا۟dhukkirūthey are reminded
  3. لَاlānot
  4. يَذْكُرُونَyadhkurūnathey receive admonition

Verse 14

وَإِذَا رَأَوْا۟ ءَايَةً يَسْتَسْخِرُونَ

Transliteration wa-idhā ra-aw āyatan yastaskhirūna

English And when they see a sign, they ridicule.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. رَأَوْا۟ra-awthey see
  3. ءَايَةًۭāyatana Sign
  4. يَسْتَسْخِرُونَyastaskhirūnathey mock

Verse 15

وَقَالُوٓا۟ إِنْ هَـٰذَآ إِلَّا سِحْرٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration waqālū in hādhā illā siḥ'run mubīnun

English And say, "This is not but obvious magic.

  1. وَقَالُوٓا۟waqālūAnd they say
  2. إِنْinNot
  3. هَـٰذَآhādhā(is) this
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. سِحْرٌۭsiḥ'runa magic
  6. مُّبِينٌmubīnunclear

Verse 16

أَءِذَا مِتْنَا وَكُنَّا تُرَابًا وَعِظَـٰمًا أَءِنَّا لَمَبْعُوثُونَ

Transliteration a-idhā mit'nā wakunnā turāban waʿiẓāman a-innā lamabʿūthūna

English When we have died and become dust and bones, are we indeed to be resurrected?

  1. أَءِذَاa-idhāIs it when
  2. مِتْنَاmit'nāwe are dead
  3. وَكُنَّاwakunnāand have become
  4. تُرَابًۭاturābandust
  5. وَعِظَـٰمًاwaʿiẓāmanand bones
  6. أَءِنَّاa-innāshall we then
  7. لَمَبْعُوثُونَlamabʿūthūnabe certainly resurrected

Verse 17

أَوَءَابَآؤُنَا ٱلْأَوَّلُونَ

Transliteration awaābāunā l-awalūna

English And our forefathers [as well]?"

  1. أَوَءَابَآؤُنَاawaābāunāOr our fathers
  2. ٱلْأَوَّلُونَl-awalūnaformer

Verse 18

قُلْ نَعَمْ وَأَنتُمْ دَٰخِرُونَ

Transliteration qul naʿam wa-antum dākhirūna

English Say, "Yes, and you will be [rendered] contemptible."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. نَعَمْnaʿamYes
  3. وَأَنتُمْwa-antumand you
  4. دَٰخِرُونَdākhirūna(will be) humiliated

Verse 19

فَإِنَّمَا هِىَ زَجْرَةٌ وَٰحِدَةٌ فَإِذَا هُمْ يَنظُرُونَ

Transliteration fa-innamā hiya zajratun wāḥidatun fa-idhā hum yanẓurūna

English It will be only one shout, and at once they will be observing.

  1. فَإِنَّمَاfa-innamāThen only
  2. هِىَhiyait
  3. زَجْرَةٌۭzajratun(will be) a cry
  4. وَٰحِدَةٌۭwāḥidatunsingle
  5. فَإِذَاfa-idhāthen, behold
  6. هُمْhumThey
  7. يَنظُرُونَyanẓurūnawill see

Verse 20

وَقَالُوا۟ يَـٰوَيْلَنَا هَـٰذَا يَوْمُ ٱلدِّينِ

Transliteration waqālū yāwaylanā hādhā yawmu l-dīni

English They will say, "O woe to us! This is the Day of Recompense."

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they will say
  2. يَـٰوَيْلَنَاyāwaylanāO woe to us
  3. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  4. يَوْمُyawmu(is the) Day
  5. ٱلدِّينِl-dīni(of) the Recompense

Verse 21

هَـٰذَا يَوْمُ ٱلْفَصْلِ ٱلَّذِى كُنتُم بِهِۦ تُكَذِّبُونَ

Transliteration hādhā yawmu l-faṣli alladhī kuntum bihi tukadhibūna

English [They will be told], "This is the Day of Judgement which you used to deny."

  1. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  2. يَوْمُyawmu(is the) Day
  3. ٱلْفَصْلِl-faṣli(of) Judgment
  4. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhich
  5. كُنتُمkuntumyou used to
  6. بِهِۦbihi[of it]
  7. تُكَذِّبُونَtukadhibūnadeny

Verse 22

۞ ٱحْشُرُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ وَأَزْوَٰجَهُمْ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْبُدُونَ

Transliteration uḥ'shurū alladhīna ẓalamū wa-azwājahum wamā kānū yaʿbudūna

English [The angels will be ordered], "Gather those who committed wrong, their kinds, and what they used to worship

  1. ۞ ٱحْشُرُوا۟uḥ'shurūGather
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ظَلَمُوا۟ẓalamūwronged
  4. وَأَزْوَٰجَهُمْwa-azwājahumand their kinds
  5. وَمَاwamāand what
  6. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used (to)
  7. يَعْبُدُونَyaʿbudūnaworship

Verse 23

مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ فَٱهْدُوهُمْ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطِ ٱلْجَحِيمِ

Transliteration min dūni l-lahi fa-ih'dūhum ilā ṣirāṭi l-jaḥīmi

English Other than Allāh, and guide them to the path of Hellfire

  1. مِنminBesides
  2. دُونِdūniBesides
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  4. فَٱهْدُوهُمْfa-ih'dūhumthen lead them
  5. إِلَىٰilāto
  6. صِرَٰطِṣirāṭi(the) Path
  7. ٱلْجَحِيمِl-jaḥīmi(of) the Hellfire

Verse 24

وَقِفُوهُمْ ۖ إِنَّهُم مَّسْـُٔولُونَ

Transliteration waqifūhum innahum masūlūna

English And stop them; indeed, they are to be questioned."

  1. وَقِفُوهُمْ ۖwaqifūhumAnd stop them
  2. إِنَّهُمinnahumindeed, they
  3. مَّسْـُٔولُونَmasūlūna(are) to be questioned

Verse 25

مَا لَكُمْ لَا تَنَاصَرُونَ

Transliteration mā lakum lā tanāṣarūna

English [They will be asked], "What is [wrong] with you? Why do you not help each other?"

  1. مَاmāWhat
  2. لَكُمْlakum(is) for you
  3. لَاlā(Why) not
  4. تَنَاصَرُونَtanāṣarūnayou help one another

Verse 26

بَلْ هُمُ ٱلْيَوْمَ مُسْتَسْلِمُونَ

Transliteration bal humu l-yawma mus'taslimūna

English But they, that Day, are in surrender.

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. هُمُhumuthey
  3. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawma(on) that Day
  4. مُسْتَسْلِمُونَmus'taslimūna(will) surrender

Verse 27

وَأَقْبَلَ بَعْضُهُمْ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ يَتَسَآءَلُونَ

Transliteration wa-aqbala baʿḍuhum ʿalā baʿḍin yatasāalūna

English And they will approach one another asking [i.e., blaming] each other.

  1. وَأَقْبَلَwa-aqbalaAnd will approach
  2. بَعْضُهُمْbaʿḍuhumsome of them
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāto
  4. بَعْضٍۢbaʿḍinothers
  5. يَتَسَآءَلُونَyatasāalūnaquestioning one another

Verse 28

قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّكُمْ كُنتُمْ تَأْتُونَنَا عَنِ ٱلْيَمِينِ

Transliteration qālū innakum kuntum tatūnanā ʿani l-yamīni

English They will say, "Indeed, you used to come at us from the right."

  1. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey will say
  2. إِنَّكُمْinnakumIndeed, you
  3. كُنتُمْkuntum[you] used (to)
  4. تَأْتُونَنَاtatūnanācome (to) us
  5. عَنِʿanifrom
  6. ٱلْيَمِينِl-yamīnithe right

Verse 29

قَالُوا۟ بَل لَّمْ تَكُونُوا۟ مُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration qālū bal lam takūnū mu'minīna

English They [i.e., the oppressors] will say, "Rather, you [yourselves] were not believers,

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey will say
  2. بَلbalNay
  3. لَّمْlamnot
  4. تَكُونُوا۟takūnūyou were
  5. مُؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 30

وَمَا كَانَ لَنَا عَلَيْكُم مِّن سُلْطَـٰنٍۭ ۖ بَلْ كُنتُمْ قَوْمًا طَـٰغِينَ

Transliteration wamā kāna lanā ʿalaykum min sul'ṭānin bal kuntum qawman ṭāghīna

English And we had over you no authority, but you were a transgressing people.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. كَانَkānawas
  3. لَنَاlanāfor us
  4. عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumover you
  5. مِّنminany
  6. سُلْطَـٰنٍۭ ۖsul'ṭāninauthority
  7. بَلْbalNay
  8. كُنتُمْkuntumyou were
  9. قَوْمًۭاqawmana people
  10. طَـٰغِينَṭāghīnatransgressing

Verse 31

فَحَقَّ عَلَيْنَا قَوْلُ رَبِّنَآ ۖ إِنَّا لَذَآئِقُونَ

Transliteration faḥaqqa ʿalaynā qawlu rabbinā innā ladhāiqūna

English So the word [i.e., decree] of our Lord has come into effect upon us; indeed, we will taste [punishment].

  1. فَحَقَّfaḥaqqaSo has been proved true
  2. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāagainst us
  3. قَوْلُqawlu(the) Word
  4. رَبِّنَآ ۖrabbinā(of) our Lord
  5. إِنَّاinnāindeed, we
  6. لَذَآئِقُونَladhāiqūna(will) certainly taste

Verse 32

فَأَغْوَيْنَـٰكُمْ إِنَّا كُنَّا غَـٰوِينَ

Transliteration fa-aghwaynākum innā kunnā ghāwīna

English And we led you to deviation; indeed, we were deviators."

  1. فَأَغْوَيْنَـٰكُمْfa-aghwaynākumSo we led you astray
  2. إِنَّاinnāindeed, we
  3. كُنَّاkunnāwere
  4. غَـٰوِينَghāwīnaastray

Verse 33

فَإِنَّهُمْ يَوْمَئِذٍ فِى ٱلْعَذَابِ مُشْتَرِكُونَ

Transliteration fa-innahum yawma-idhin fī l-ʿadhābi mush'tarikūna

English So indeed they, that Day, will be sharing in the punishment.

  1. فَإِنَّهُمْfa-innahumThen indeed, they
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْعَذَابِl-ʿadhābithe punishment
  5. مُشْتَرِكُونَmush'tarikūna(will be) sharers

Verse 34

إِنَّا كَذَٰلِكَ نَفْعَلُ بِٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration innā kadhālika nafʿalu bil-muj'rimīna

English Indeed, that is how We deal with the criminals.

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikathus
  3. نَفْعَلُnafʿaluWe deal
  4. بِٱلْمُجْرِمِينَbil-muj'rimīnawith the criminals

Verse 35

إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوٓا۟ إِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمْ لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا ٱللَّهُ يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ

Transliteration innahum kānū idhā qīla lahum lā ilāha illā l-lahu yastakbirūna

English Indeed they, when it was said to them, "There is no deity but Allāh," were arrogant

  1. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they
  2. كَانُوٓا۟kānūwere
  3. إِذَاidhāwhen
  4. قِيلَqīlait was said
  5. لَهُمْlahumto them
  6. لَآlā(There is) no
  7. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  10. يَسْتَكْبِرُونَyastakbirūnawere arrogant

Verse 36

وَيَقُولُونَ أَئِنَّا لَتَارِكُوٓا۟ ءَالِهَتِنَا لِشَاعِرٍ مَّجْنُونٍۭ

Transliteration wayaqūlūna a-innā latārikū ālihatinā lishāʿirin majnūnin

English And were saying, "Are we to leave our gods for a mad poet?"

  1. وَيَقُولُونَwayaqūlūnaAnd they say
  2. أَئِنَّاa-innāAre we
  3. لَتَارِكُوٓا۟latārikūto leave
  4. ءَالِهَتِنَاālihatināour gods
  5. لِشَاعِرٍۢlishāʿirinfor a poet
  6. مَّجْنُونٍۭmajnūninmad

Verse 37

بَلْ جَآءَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَصَدَّقَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration bal jāa bil-ḥaqi waṣaddaqa l-mur'salīna

English Rather, he [i.e., the Prophet (ﷺ)] has come with the truth and confirmed the [previous] messengers.

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. جَآءَjāahe has brought
  3. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqithe truth
  4. وَصَدَّقَwaṣaddaqaand confirmed
  5. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers

Verse 38

إِنَّكُمْ لَذَآئِقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابِ ٱلْأَلِيمِ

Transliteration innakum ladhāiqū l-ʿadhābi l-alīmi

English Indeed, you [disbelievers] will be tasters of the painful punishment,

  1. إِنَّكُمْinnakumIndeed, you
  2. لَذَآئِقُوا۟ladhāiqū(will) surely taste
  3. ٱلْعَذَابِl-ʿadhābithe punishment
  4. ٱلْأَلِيمِl-alīmipainful

Verse 39

وَمَا تُجْزَوْنَ إِلَّا مَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration wamā tuj'zawna illā mā kuntum taʿmalūna

English And you will not be recompensed except for what you used to do -

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. تُجْزَوْنَtuj'zawnayou will be recompensed
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. مَاmāwhat
  5. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  6. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnado

Verse 40

إِلَّا عِبَادَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَ

Transliteration illā ʿibāda l-lahi l-mukh'laṣīna

English But not the chosen servants of Allāh.

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. عِبَادَʿibāda(the) slaves
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  4. ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَl-mukh'laṣīnathe chosen ones

Verse 41

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ لَهُمْ رِزْقٌ مَّعْلُومٌ

Transliteration ulāika lahum riz'qun maʿlūmun

English Those will have a provision determined -

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  3. رِزْقٌۭriz'qun(will be) a provision
  4. مَّعْلُومٌۭmaʿlūmundetermined

Verse 42

فَوَٰكِهُ ۖ وَهُم مُّكْرَمُونَ

Transliteration fawākihu wahum muk'ramūna

English Fruits; and they will be honored

  1. فَوَٰكِهُ ۖfawākihuFruits
  2. وَهُمwahumand they
  3. مُّكْرَمُونَmuk'ramūna(will) be honored

Verse 43

فِى جَنَّـٰتِ ٱلنَّعِيمِ

Transliteration fī jannāti l-naʿīmi

English In gardens of pleasure

  1. فِىfīIn
  2. جَنَّـٰتِjannātiGardens
  3. ٱلنَّعِيمِl-naʿīmi(of) Delight

Verse 44

عَلَىٰ سُرُرٍ مُّتَقَـٰبِلِينَ

Transliteration ʿalā sururin mutaqābilīna

English On thrones facing one another.

  1. عَلَىٰʿalāOn
  2. سُرُرٍۢsururinthrones
  3. مُّتَقَـٰبِلِينَmutaqābilīnafacing each other

Verse 45

يُطَافُ عَلَيْهِم بِكَأْسٍ مِّن مَّعِينٍۭ

Transliteration yuṭāfu ʿalayhim bikasin min maʿīnin

English There will be circulated among them a cup [of wine] from a flowing spring,

  1. يُطَافُyuṭāfuWill be circulated
  2. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimamong them
  3. بِكَأْسٍۢbikasina cup
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. مَّعِينٍۭmaʿīnina flowing spring

Verse 46

بَيْضَآءَ لَذَّةٍ لِّلشَّـٰرِبِينَ

Transliteration bayḍāa ladhatin lilshāribīna

English White and delicious to the drinkers;

  1. بَيْضَآءَbayḍāaWhite
  2. لَذَّةٍۢladhatindelicious
  3. لِّلشَّـٰرِبِينَlilshāribīnafor the drinkers

Verse 47

لَا فِيهَا غَوْلٌ وَلَا هُمْ عَنْهَا يُنزَفُونَ

Transliteration lā fīhā ghawlun walā hum ʿanhā yunzafūna

English No bad effect is there in it, nor from it will they be intoxicated.

  1. لَاlāNot
  2. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  3. غَوْلٌۭghawlun(is) bad effect
  4. وَلَاwalāand not
  5. هُمْhumthey
  6. عَنْهَاʿanhāfrom it
  7. يُنزَفُونَyunzafūnawill be intoxicated

Verse 48

وَعِندَهُمْ قَـٰصِرَٰتُ ٱلطَّرْفِ عِينٌ

Transliteration waʿindahum qāṣirātu l-ṭarfi ʿīnun

English And with them will be women limiting [their] glances, with large, [beautiful] eyes,

  1. وَعِندَهُمْwaʿindahumAnd with them
  2. قَـٰصِرَٰتُqāṣirātu(will be) companions of modest gaze
  3. ٱلطَّرْفِl-ṭarfi(will be) companions of modest gaze
  4. عِينٌۭʿīnun(having) beautiful eyes

Verse 49

كَأَنَّهُنَّ بَيْضٌ مَّكْنُونٌ

Transliteration ka-annahunna bayḍun maknūnun

English As if they were [delicate] eggs, well-protected.

  1. كَأَنَّهُنَّka-annahunnaAs if they were
  2. بَيْضٌۭbayḍuneggs
  3. مَّكْنُونٌۭmaknūnunwell protected

Verse 50

فَأَقْبَلَ بَعْضُهُمْ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ يَتَسَآءَلُونَ

Transliteration fa-aqbala baʿḍuhum ʿalā baʿḍin yatasāalūna

English And they will approach one another, inquiring of each other.

  1. فَأَقْبَلَfa-aqbalaAnd (will) approach
  2. بَعْضُهُمْbaʿḍuhumsome of them
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāto
  4. بَعْضٍۢbaʿḍinothers
  5. يَتَسَآءَلُونَyatasāalūnaquestioning one another

Verse 51

قَالَ قَآئِلٌ مِّنْهُمْ إِنِّى كَانَ لِى قَرِينٌ

Transliteration qāla qāilun min'hum innī kāna lī qarīnun

English A speaker among them will say, "Indeed, I had a companion [on earth].

  1. قَالَqālaWill say
  2. قَآئِلٌۭqāiluna speaker
  3. مِّنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  4. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  5. كَانَkānahad
  6. لِىlīfor me
  7. قَرِينٌۭqarīnuna companion

Verse 52

يَقُولُ أَءِنَّكَ لَمِنَ ٱلْمُصَدِّقِينَ

Transliteration yaqūlu a-innaka lamina l-muṣadiqīna

English Who would say, 'Are you indeed of those who believe

  1. يَقُولُyaqūluWho (would) say
  2. أَءِنَّكَa-innakaAre you indeed
  3. لَمِنَlaminasurely of
  4. ٱلْمُصَدِّقِينَl-muṣadiqīnathose who believe

Verse 53

أَءِذَا مِتْنَا وَكُنَّا تُرَابًا وَعِظَـٰمًا أَءِنَّا لَمَدِينُونَ

Transliteration a-idhā mit'nā wakunnā turāban waʿiẓāman a-innā lamadīnūna

English That when we have died and become dust and bones, we will indeed be recompensed?'"

  1. أَءِذَاa-idhāIs (it) when
  2. مِتْنَاmit'nāwe have died
  3. وَكُنَّاwakunnāand become
  4. تُرَابًۭاturābandust
  5. وَعِظَـٰمًاwaʿiẓāmanand bones
  6. أَءِنَّاa-innāwill we
  7. لَمَدِينُونَlamadīnūnasurely be brought to Judgment

Verse 54

قَالَ هَلْ أَنتُم مُّطَّلِعُونَ

Transliteration qāla hal antum muṭṭaliʿūna

English He will say, "Would you [care to] look?"

  1. قَالَqālaHe (will) say
  2. هَلْhalWill
  3. أَنتُمantumyou
  4. مُّطَّلِعُونَmuṭṭaliʿūnabe looking

Verse 55

فَٱطَّلَعَ فَرَءَاهُ فِى سَوَآءِ ٱلْجَحِيمِ

Transliteration fa-iṭṭalaʿa faraāhu fī sawāi l-jaḥīmi

English And he will look and see him in the midst of the Hellfire.

  1. فَٱطَّلَعَfa-iṭṭalaʿaThen he (will) look
  2. فَرَءَاهُfaraāhuand see him
  3. فِىfīin
  4. سَوَآءِsawāi(the) midst
  5. ٱلْجَحِيمِl-jaḥīmi(of) the Hellfire

Verse 56

قَالَ تَٱللَّهِ إِن كِدتَّ لَتُرْدِينِ

Transliteration qāla tal-lahi in kidtta latur'dīni

English He will say, "By Allāh, you almost ruined me.

  1. قَالَqālaHe (will) say
  2. تَٱللَّهِtal-lahiBy Allah
  3. إِنinverily
  4. كِدتَّkidttayou almost
  5. لَتُرْدِينِlatur'dīniruined me

Verse 57

وَلَوْلَا نِعْمَةُ رَبِّى لَكُنتُ مِنَ ٱلْمُحْضَرِينَ

Transliteration walawlā niʿ'matu rabbī lakuntu mina l-muḥ'ḍarīna

English If not for the favor of my Lord, I would have been of those brought in [to Hell].

  1. وَلَوْلَاwalawlāAnd if not
  2. نِعْمَةُniʿ'matu(for the) Grace
  3. رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
  4. لَكُنتُlakuntucertainly, I (would) have been
  5. مِنَminaamong
  6. ٱلْمُحْضَرِينَl-muḥ'ḍarīnathose brought

Verse 58

أَفَمَا نَحْنُ بِمَيِّتِينَ

Transliteration afamā naḥnu bimayyitīna

English Then, are we not to die

  1. أَفَمَاafamāThen are not
  2. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe
  3. بِمَيِّتِينَbimayyitīna(to) die

Verse 59

إِلَّا مَوْتَتَنَا ٱلْأُولَىٰ وَمَا نَحْنُ بِمُعَذَّبِينَ

Transliteration illā mawtatanā l-ūlā wamā naḥnu bimuʿadhabīna

English Except for our first death, and we will not be punished?"

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. مَوْتَتَنَاmawtatanāour death
  3. ٱلْأُولَىٰl-ūlāthe first
  4. وَمَاwamāand not
  5. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe
  6. بِمُعَذَّبِينَbimuʿadhabīnawill be punished

Verse 60

إِنَّ هَـٰذَا لَهُوَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْعَظِيمُ

Transliteration inna hādhā lahuwa l-fawzu l-ʿaẓīmu

English Indeed, this is the great attainment.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  3. لَهُوَlahuwasurely
  4. ٱلْفَوْزُl-fawzu(is) the attainment
  5. ٱلْعَظِيمُl-ʿaẓīmugreat

Verse 61

لِمِثْلِ هَـٰذَا فَلْيَعْمَلِ ٱلْعَـٰمِلُونَ

Transliteration limith'li hādhā falyaʿmali l-ʿāmilūna

English For the like of this let the workers [on earth] work.

  1. لِمِثْلِlimith'liFor (the) like
  2. هَـٰذَاhādhā(of) this
  3. فَلْيَعْمَلِfalyaʿmalilet work
  4. ٱلْعَـٰمِلُونَl-ʿāmilūnathe workers

Verse 62

أَذَٰلِكَ خَيْرٌ نُّزُلًا أَمْ شَجَرَةُ ٱلزَّقُّومِ

Transliteration adhālika khayrun nuzulan am shajaratu l-zaqūmi

English Is that [i.e., Paradise] a better accommodation or the tree of zaqqūm?

  1. أَذَٰلِكَadhālikaIs that
  2. خَيْرٌۭkhayrunbetter
  3. نُّزُلًاnuzulan(as) hospitality
  4. أَمْamor
  5. شَجَرَةُshajaratu(the) tree
  6. ٱلزَّقُّومِl-zaqūmi(of) Zaqqum

Verse 63

إِنَّا جَعَلْنَـٰهَا فِتْنَةً لِّلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration innā jaʿalnāhā fit'natan lilẓẓālimīna

English Indeed, We have made it a torment for the wrongdoers.

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. جَعَلْنَـٰهَاjaʿalnāhā[We] have made it
  3. فِتْنَةًۭfit'natana trial
  4. لِّلظَّـٰلِمِينَlilẓẓālimīnafor the wrongdoers

Verse 64

إِنَّهَا شَجَرَةٌ تَخْرُجُ فِىٓ أَصْلِ ٱلْجَحِيمِ

Transliteration innahā shajaratun takhruju fī aṣli l-jaḥīmi

English Indeed, it is a tree issuing from the bottom of the Hellfire,

  1. إِنَّهَاinnahāIndeed, it
  2. شَجَرَةٌۭshajaratun(is) a tree
  3. تَخْرُجُtakhrujuthat grows
  4. فِىٓfīin
  5. أَصْلِaṣli(the) bottom
  6. ٱلْجَحِيمِl-jaḥīmi(of) the Hellfire

Verse 65

طَلْعُهَا كَأَنَّهُۥ رُءُوسُ ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينِ

Transliteration ṭalʿuhā ka-annahu ruūsu l-shayāṭīni

English Its emerging fruit as if it was heads of the devils.

  1. طَلْعُهَاṭalʿuhāIts emerging fruit
  2. كَأَنَّهُۥka-annahu(is) as if it
  3. رُءُوسُruūsu(was) heads
  4. ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينِl-shayāṭīni(of) the devils

Verse 66

فَإِنَّهُمْ لَـَٔاكِلُونَ مِنْهَا فَمَالِـُٔونَ مِنْهَا ٱلْبُطُونَ

Transliteration fa-innahum laākilūna min'hā famāliūna min'hā l-buṭūna

English And indeed, they will eat from it and fill with it their bellies.

  1. فَإِنَّهُمْfa-innahumAnd indeed, they
  2. لَـَٔاكِلُونَlaākilūna(will) surely eat
  3. مِنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  4. فَمَالِـُٔونَfamāliūnaand fill
  5. مِنْهَاmin'hāwith it
  6. ٱلْبُطُونَl-buṭūna(their) bellies

Verse 67

ثُمَّ إِنَّ لَهُمْ عَلَيْهَا لَشَوْبًا مِّنْ حَمِيمٍ

Transliteration thumma inna lahum ʿalayhā lashawban min ḥamīmin

English Then indeed, they will have after it a mixture of scalding water.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. إِنَّinnaindeed
  3. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  4. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhāin it
  5. لَشَوْبًۭاlashawban(is) a mixture
  6. مِّنْminof
  7. حَمِيمٍۢḥamīminboiling water

Verse 68

ثُمَّ إِنَّ مَرْجِعَهُمْ لَإِلَى ٱلْجَحِيمِ

Transliteration thumma inna marjiʿahum la-ilā l-jaḥīmi

English Then indeed, their return will be to the Hellfire.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. إِنَّinnaindeed
  3. مَرْجِعَهُمْmarjiʿahumtheir return
  4. لَإِلَىla-ilā(will) surely be to
  5. ٱلْجَحِيمِl-jaḥīmithe Hellfire

Verse 69

إِنَّهُمْ أَلْفَوْا۟ ءَابَآءَهُمْ ضَآلِّينَ

Transliteration innahum alfaw ābāahum ḍāllīna

English Indeed they found their fathers astray.

  1. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they
  2. أَلْفَوْا۟alfawfound
  3. ءَابَآءَهُمْābāahumtheir fathers
  4. ضَآلِّينَḍāllīnaastray

Verse 70

فَهُمْ عَلَىٰٓ ءَاثَـٰرِهِمْ يُهْرَعُونَ

Transliteration fahum ʿalā āthārihim yuh'raʿūna

English So they hastened [to follow] in their footsteps.

  1. فَهُمْfahumSo they
  2. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  3. ءَاثَـٰرِهِمْāthārihimtheir footsteps
  4. يُهْرَعُونَyuh'raʿūnathey hastened

Verse 71

وَلَقَدْ ضَلَّ قَبْلَهُمْ أَكْثَرُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration walaqad ḍalla qablahum aktharu l-awalīna

English And there had already strayed before them most of the former peoples,

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. ضَلَّḍallawent astray
  3. قَبْلَهُمْqablahumbefore them
  4. أَكْثَرُaktharumost
  5. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīna(of) the former (people)

Verse 72

وَلَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَا فِيهِم مُّنذِرِينَ

Transliteration walaqad arsalnā fīhim mundhirīna

English And We had already sent among them warners.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
  3. فِيهِمfīhimamong them
  4. مُّنذِرِينَmundhirīnawarners

Verse 73

فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَـٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُنذَرِينَ

Transliteration fa-unẓur kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu l-mundharīna

English Then look how was the end of those who were warned -

  1. فَٱنظُرْfa-unẓurThen see
  2. كَيْفَkayfahow
  3. كَانَkānawas
  4. عَـٰقِبَةُʿāqibatu(the) end
  5. ٱلْمُنذَرِينَl-mundharīna(of) those who were warned

Verse 74

إِلَّا عِبَادَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَ

Transliteration illā ʿibāda l-lahi l-mukh'laṣīna

English But not the chosen servants of Allāh.

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. عِبَادَʿibāda(the) slaves
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  4. ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَl-mukh'laṣīnathe chosen ones

Verse 75

وَلَقَدْ نَادَىٰنَا نُوحٌ فَلَنِعْمَ ٱلْمُجِيبُونَ

Transliteration walaqad nādānā nūḥun falaniʿ'ma l-mujībūna

English And Noah had certainly called Us, and [We are] the best of responders.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. نَادَىٰنَاnādānācalled Us
  3. نُوحٌۭnūḥunNuh
  4. فَلَنِعْمَfalaniʿ'maand Best
  5. ٱلْمُجِيبُونَl-mujībūna(are We as) Responders

Verse 76

وَنَجَّيْنَـٰهُ وَأَهْلَهُۥ مِنَ ٱلْكَرْبِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ

Transliteration wanajjaynāhu wa-ahlahu mina l-karbi l-ʿaẓīmi

English And We saved him and his family from the great affliction.

  1. وَنَجَّيْنَـٰهُwanajjaynāhuAnd We saved him
  2. وَأَهْلَهُۥwa-ahlahuand his family
  3. مِنَminafrom
  4. ٱلْكَرْبِl-karbithe distress
  5. ٱلْعَظِيمِl-ʿaẓīmithe great

Verse 77

وَجَعَلْنَا ذُرِّيَّتَهُۥ هُمُ ٱلْبَاقِينَ

Transliteration wajaʿalnā dhurriyyatahu humu l-bāqīna

English And We made his descendants those remaining [on the earth]

  1. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāAnd We made
  2. ذُرِّيَّتَهُۥdhurriyyatahuhis offspring
  3. هُمُhumu[they]
  4. ٱلْبَاقِينَl-bāqīnathe survivors

Verse 78

وَتَرَكْنَا عَلَيْهِ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرِينَ

Transliteration wataraknā ʿalayhi fī l-ākhirīna

English And left for him [favorable mention] among later generations:

  1. وَتَرَكْنَاwataraknāAnd We left
  2. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor him
  3. فِىfīamong
  4. ٱلْـَٔاخِرِينَl-ākhirīnathe later generations

Verse 79

سَلَـٰمٌ عَلَىٰ نُوحٍ فِى ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration salāmun ʿalā nūḥin fī l-ʿālamīna

English "Peace upon Noah among the worlds."

  1. سَلَـٰمٌsalāmunPeace be
  2. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  3. نُوحٍۢnūḥinNuh
  4. فِىfīamong
  5. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīnathe worlds

Verse 80

إِنَّا كَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration innā kadhālika najzī l-muḥ'sinīna

English Indeed, We thus reward the doers of good.

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikathus
  3. نَجْزِىnajzī[We] reward
  4. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīnathe good-doers

Verse 81

إِنَّهُۥ مِنْ عِبَادِنَا ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration innahu min ʿibādinā l-mu'minīna

English Indeed, he was of Our believing servants.

  1. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  2. مِنْmin(was) of
  3. عِبَادِنَاʿibādināOur slaves
  4. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīnabelieving

Verse 82

ثُمَّ أَغْرَقْنَا ٱلْـَٔاخَرِينَ

Transliteration thumma aghraqnā l-ākharīna

English Then We drowned the others [i.e., disbelievers].

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. أَغْرَقْنَاaghraqnāWe drowned
  3. ٱلْـَٔاخَرِينَl-ākharīnathe others

Verse 83

۞ وَإِنَّ مِن شِيعَتِهِۦ لَإِبْرَٰهِيمَ

Transliteration wa-inna min shīʿatihi la-ib'rāhīma

English And indeed, among his kind was Abraham,

  1. ۞ وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. مِنminamong
  3. شِيعَتِهِۦshīʿatihihis kind
  4. لَإِبْرَٰهِيمَla-ib'rāhīma(was) surely Ibrahim

Verse 84

إِذْ جَآءَ رَبَّهُۥ بِقَلْبٍ سَلِيمٍ

Transliteration idh jāa rabbahu biqalbin salīmin

English When he came to his Lord with a sound heart

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. جَآءَjāahe came
  3. رَبَّهُۥrabbahu(to) his Lord
  4. بِقَلْبٍۢbiqalbinwith a heart
  5. سَلِيمٍsalīminsound

Verse 85

إِذْ قَالَ لِأَبِيهِ وَقَوْمِهِۦ مَاذَا تَعْبُدُونَ

Transliteration idh qāla li-abīhi waqawmihi mādhā taʿbudūna

English [And] when he said to his father and his people, "What do you worship?

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالَqālahe said
  3. لِأَبِيهِli-abīhito his father
  4. وَقَوْمِهِۦwaqawmihiand his people
  5. مَاذَاmādhāWhat is it
  6. تَعْبُدُونَtaʿbudūnayou worship

Verse 86

أَئِفْكًا ءَالِهَةً دُونَ ٱللَّهِ تُرِيدُونَ

Transliteration a-if'kan ālihatan dūna l-lahi turīdūna

English Is it falsehood [as] gods other than Allāh you desire?

  1. أَئِفْكًاa-if'kanIs it falsehood
  2. ءَالِهَةًۭālihatangods
  3. دُونَdūnaother than
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  5. تُرِيدُونَturīdūna(that) you desire

Verse 87

فَمَا ظَنُّكُم بِرَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration famā ẓannukum birabbi l-ʿālamīna

English Then what is your thought about the Lord of the worlds?"

  1. فَمَاfamāThen what
  2. ظَنُّكُمẓannukum(do) you think
  3. بِرَبِّbirabbiabout (the) Lord
  4. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 88

فَنَظَرَ نَظْرَةً فِى ٱلنُّجُومِ

Transliteration fanaẓara naẓratan fī l-nujūmi

English And he cast a look at the stars.

  1. فَنَظَرَfanaẓaraThen he glanced
  2. نَظْرَةًۭnaẓratana glance
  3. فِىfīat
  4. ٱلنُّجُومِl-nujūmithe stars

Verse 89

فَقَالَ إِنِّى سَقِيمٌ

Transliteration faqāla innī saqīmun

English And said, "Indeed, I am [about to be] ill."

  1. فَقَالَfaqālaAnd he said
  2. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  3. سَقِيمٌۭsaqīmunsick

Verse 90

فَتَوَلَّوْا۟ عَنْهُ مُدْبِرِينَ

Transliteration fatawallaw ʿanhu mud'birīna

English So they turned away from him, departing.

  1. فَتَوَلَّوْا۟fatawallawSo they turned away
  2. عَنْهُʿanhufrom him
  3. مُدْبِرِينَmud'birīnadeparting

Verse 91

فَرَاغَ إِلَىٰٓ ءَالِهَتِهِمْ فَقَالَ أَلَا تَأْكُلُونَ

Transliteration farāgha ilā ālihatihim faqāla alā takulūna

English Then he turned to their gods and said, "Do you not eat?

  1. فَرَاغَfarāghaThen he turned
  2. إِلَىٰٓilāto
  3. ءَالِهَتِهِمْālihatihimtheir gods
  4. فَقَالَfaqālaand said
  5. أَلَاalāDo not
  6. تَأْكُلُونَtakulūnayou eat

Verse 92

مَا لَكُمْ لَا تَنطِقُونَ

Transliteration mā lakum lā tanṭiqūna

English What is [wrong] with you that you do not speak?".

  1. مَاmāWhat (is)
  2. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  3. لَاlānot
  4. تَنطِقُونَtanṭiqūnayou speak

Verse 93

فَرَاغَ عَلَيْهِمْ ضَرْبًۢا بِٱلْيَمِينِ

Transliteration farāgha ʿalayhim ḍarban bil-yamīni

English And he turned upon them a blow with [his] right hand.

  1. فَرَاغَfarāghaThen he turned
  2. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimupon them
  3. ضَرْبًۢاḍarbanstriking
  4. بِٱلْيَمِينِbil-yamīniwith the right hand

Verse 94

فَأَقْبَلُوٓا۟ إِلَيْهِ يَزِفُّونَ

Transliteration fa-aqbalū ilayhi yaziffūna

English Then they [i.e., the people] came toward him, hastening.

  1. فَأَقْبَلُوٓا۟fa-aqbalūThen they advanced
  2. إِلَيْهِilayhitowards him
  3. يَزِفُّونَyaziffūnahastening

Verse 95

قَالَ أَتَعْبُدُونَ مَا تَنْحِتُونَ

Transliteration qāla ataʿbudūna mā tanḥitūna

English He said, "Do you worship that which you [yourselves] carve,

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَتَعْبُدُونَataʿbudūnaDo you worship
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. تَنْحِتُونَtanḥitūnayou carve

Verse 96

وَٱللَّهُ خَلَقَكُمْ وَمَا تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration wal-lahu khalaqakum wamā taʿmalūna

English While Allāh created you and that which you do?"

  1. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuWhile Allah
  2. خَلَقَكُمْkhalaqakumcreated you
  3. وَمَاwamāand what
  4. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnayou make

Verse 97

قَالُوا۟ ٱبْنُوا۟ لَهُۥ بُنْيَـٰنًا فَأَلْقُوهُ فِى ٱلْجَحِيمِ

Transliteration qālū ib'nū lahu bun'yānan fa-alqūhu fī l-jaḥīmi

English They said, "Construct for him a structure [i.e., furnace] and throw him into the burning fire."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. ٱبْنُوا۟ib'nūBuild
  3. لَهُۥlahufor him
  4. بُنْيَـٰنًۭاbun'yānana structure
  5. فَأَلْقُوهُfa-alqūhuand throw him
  6. فِىfīinto
  7. ٱلْجَحِيمِl-jaḥīmithe blazing Fire

Verse 98

فَأَرَادُوا۟ بِهِۦ كَيْدًا فَجَعَلْنَـٰهُمُ ٱلْأَسْفَلِينَ

Transliteration fa-arādū bihi kaydan fajaʿalnāhumu l-asfalīna

English And they intended for him a plan [i.e., harm], but We made them the most debased.

  1. فَأَرَادُوا۟fa-arādūAnd they intended
  2. بِهِۦbihifor him
  3. كَيْدًۭاkaydana plot
  4. فَجَعَلْنَـٰهُمُfajaʿalnāhumubut We made them
  5. ٱلْأَسْفَلِينَl-asfalīnathe lowest

Verse 99

وَقَالَ إِنِّى ذَاهِبٌ إِلَىٰ رَبِّى سَيَهْدِينِ

Transliteration waqāla innī dhāhibun ilā rabbī sayahdīni

English And [then] he said, "Indeed, I will go to [where I am ordered by] my Lord; He will guide me.

  1. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd he said
  2. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  3. ذَاهِبٌdhāhibungoing
  4. إِلَىٰilāto
  5. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  6. سَيَهْدِينِsayahdīniHe will guide me

Verse 100

رَبِّ هَبْ لِى مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَ

Transliteration rabbi hab lī mina l-ṣāliḥīna

English My Lord, grant me [a child] from among the righteous."

  1. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  2. هَبْhabgrant
  3. لِىlīme
  4. مِنَminaof
  5. ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَl-ṣāliḥīnathe righteous

Verse 101

فَبَشَّرْنَـٰهُ بِغُلَـٰمٍ حَلِيمٍ

Transliteration fabasharnāhu bighulāmin ḥalīmin

English So We gave him good tidings of a forbearing boy.

  1. فَبَشَّرْنَـٰهُfabasharnāhuSo We gave him the glad tidings
  2. بِغُلَـٰمٍbighulāminof a boy
  3. حَلِيمٍۢḥalīminforbearing

Verse 102

فَلَمَّا بَلَغَ مَعَهُ ٱلسَّعْىَ قَالَ يَـٰبُنَىَّ إِنِّىٓ أَرَىٰ فِى ٱلْمَنَامِ أَنِّىٓ أَذْبَحُكَ فَٱنظُرْ مَاذَا تَرَىٰ ۚ قَالَ يَـٰٓأَبَتِ ٱفْعَلْ مَا تُؤْمَرُ ۖ سَتَجِدُنِىٓ إِن شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰبِرِينَ

Transliteration falammā balagha maʿahu l-saʿya qāla yābunayya innī arā fī l-manāmi annī adhbaḥuka fa-unẓur mādhā tarā qāla yāabati if'ʿal mā tu'maru satajidunī in shāa l-lahu mina l-ṣābirīna

English And when he reached with him [the age of] exertion, he said, "O my son, indeed I have seen in a dream that I [must] sacrifice you, so see what you think." He said, "O my father, do as you are commanded. You will find me, if Allāh wills, of the steadfast."

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāThen when
  2. بَلَغَbalaghahe reached
  3. مَعَهُmaʿahuthe (age of) working with him
  4. ٱلسَّعْىَl-saʿyathe (age of) working with him
  5. قَالَqālahe said
  6. يَـٰبُنَىَّyābunayyaO my son
  7. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  8. أَرَىٰarāhave seen
  9. فِىfīin
  10. ٱلْمَنَامِl-manāmithe dream
  11. أَنِّىٓannīthat I am
  12. أَذْبَحُكَadhbaḥukasacrificing you
  13. فَٱنظُرْfa-unẓurso look
  14. مَاذَاmādhāwhat
  15. تَرَىٰ ۚtarāyou see
  16. قَالَqālaHe said
  17. يَـٰٓأَبَتِyāabatiO my father
  18. ٱفْعَلْif'ʿalDo
  19. مَاmāwhat
  20. تُؤْمَرُ ۖtu'maruyou are commanded
  21. سَتَجِدُنِىٓsatajidunīYou will find me
  22. إِنinif
  23. شَآءَshāaAllah wills
  24. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah wills
  25. مِنَminaof
  26. ٱلصَّـٰبِرِينَl-ṣābirīnathe patient ones

Verse 103

فَلَمَّآ أَسْلَمَا وَتَلَّهُۥ لِلْجَبِينِ

Transliteration falammā aslamā watallahu lil'jabīni

English And when they had both submitted and he put him down upon his forehead,

  1. فَلَمَّآfalammāThen when
  2. أَسْلَمَاaslamāboth of them had submitted
  3. وَتَلَّهُۥwatallahuand he put him down
  4. لِلْجَبِينِlil'jabīniupon his forehead

Verse 104

وَنَـٰدَيْنَـٰهُ أَن يَـٰٓإِبْرَٰهِيمُ

Transliteration wanādaynāhu an yāib'rāhīmu

English We called to him, "O Abraham,

  1. وَنَـٰدَيْنَـٰهُwanādaynāhuAnd We called out to him
  2. أَنanthat
  3. يَـٰٓإِبْرَٰهِيمُyāib'rāhīmuO Ibrahim

Verse 105

قَدْ صَدَّقْتَ ٱلرُّءْيَآ ۚ إِنَّا كَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration qad ṣaddaqta l-ru'yā innā kadhālika najzī l-muḥ'sinīna

English You have fulfilled the vision." Indeed, We thus reward the doers of good.

  1. قَدْqadVerily
  2. صَدَّقْتَṣaddaqtayou have fulfilled
  3. ٱلرُّءْيَآ ۚl-ru'yāthe vision
  4. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  5. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikathus
  6. نَجْزِىnajzī[We] reward
  7. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīnathe good-doers

Verse 106

إِنَّ هَـٰذَا لَهُوَ ٱلْبَلَـٰٓؤُا۟ ٱلْمُبِينُ

Transliteration inna hādhā lahuwa l-balāu l-mubīnu

English Indeed, this was the clear trial.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  3. لَهُوَlahuwa(was) surely [it]
  4. ٱلْبَلَـٰٓؤُا۟l-balāuthe trial
  5. ٱلْمُبِينُl-mubīnuclear

Verse 107

وَفَدَيْنَـٰهُ بِذِبْحٍ عَظِيمٍ

Transliteration wafadaynāhu bidhib'ḥin ʿaẓīmin

English And We ransomed him with a great sacrifice,

  1. وَفَدَيْنَـٰهُwafadaynāhuAnd We ransomed him
  2. بِذِبْحٍbidhib'ḥinwith a sacrifice
  3. عَظِيمٍۢʿaẓīmingreat

Verse 108

وَتَرَكْنَا عَلَيْهِ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرِينَ

Transliteration wataraknā ʿalayhi fī l-ākhirīna

English And We left for him [favorable mention] among later generations:

  1. وَتَرَكْنَاwataraknāAnd We left
  2. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor him
  3. فِىfīamong
  4. ٱلْـَٔاخِرِينَl-ākhirīnathe later generations

Verse 109

سَلَـٰمٌ عَلَىٰٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ

Transliteration salāmun ʿalā ib'rāhīma

English "Peace upon Abraham."

  1. سَلَـٰمٌsalāmunPeace be
  2. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  3. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīmaIbrahim

Verse 110

كَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration kadhālika najzī l-muḥ'sinīna

English Indeed, We thus reward the doers of good.

  1. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  2. نَجْزِىnajzīWe reward
  3. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīnathe good-doers

Verse 111

إِنَّهُۥ مِنْ عِبَادِنَا ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration innahu min ʿibādinā l-mu'minīna

English Indeed, he was of Our believing servants.

  1. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he (was)
  2. مِنْminof
  3. عِبَادِنَاʿibādināOur slaves
  4. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīnabelieving

Verse 112

وَبَشَّرْنَـٰهُ بِإِسْحَـٰقَ نَبِيًّا مِّنَ ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَ

Transliteration wabasharnāhu bi-is'ḥāqa nabiyyan mina l-ṣāliḥīna

English And We gave him good tidings of Isaac, a prophet from among the righteous.

  1. وَبَشَّرْنَـٰهُwabasharnāhuAnd We gave him glad tidings
  2. بِإِسْحَـٰقَbi-is'ḥāqaof Isaac
  3. نَبِيًّۭاnabiyyana Prophet
  4. مِّنَminaamong
  5. ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَl-ṣāliḥīnathe righteous

Verse 113

وَبَـٰرَكْنَا عَلَيْهِ وَعَلَىٰٓ إِسْحَـٰقَ ۚ وَمِن ذُرِّيَّتِهِمَا مُحْسِنٌ وَظَالِمٌ لِّنَفْسِهِۦ مُبِينٌ

Transliteration wabāraknā ʿalayhi waʿalā is'ḥāqa wamin dhurriyyatihimā muḥ'sinun waẓālimun linafsihi mubīnun

English And We blessed him and Isaac. But among their descendants is the doer of good and the clearly unjust to himself [i.e., sinner].

  1. وَبَـٰرَكْنَاwabāraknāAnd We blessed
  2. عَلَيْهِʿalayhihim
  3. وَعَلَىٰٓwaʿalāand [on]
  4. إِسْحَـٰقَ ۚis'ḥāqaIsaac
  5. وَمِنwaminAnd of
  6. ذُرِّيَّتِهِمَاdhurriyyatihimātheir offspring
  7. مُحْسِنٌۭmuḥ'sinun(are) good-doers
  8. وَظَالِمٌۭwaẓālimunand unjust
  9. لِّنَفْسِهِۦlinafsihito himself
  10. مُبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 114

وَلَقَدْ مَنَنَّا عَلَىٰ مُوسَىٰ وَهَـٰرُونَ

Transliteration walaqad manannā ʿalā mūsā wahārūna

English And We did certainly confer favor upon Moses and Aaron.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. مَنَنَّاmanannāWe conferred Favor
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  4. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  5. وَهَـٰرُونَwahārūnaand Harun

Verse 115

وَنَجَّيْنَـٰهُمَا وَقَوْمَهُمَا مِنَ ٱلْكَرْبِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ

Transliteration wanajjaynāhumā waqawmahumā mina l-karbi l-ʿaẓīmi

English And We saved them and their people from the great affliction,

  1. وَنَجَّيْنَـٰهُمَاwanajjaynāhumāAnd We saved both of them
  2. وَقَوْمَهُمَاwaqawmahumāand their people
  3. مِنَminafrom
  4. ٱلْكَرْبِl-karbithe distress
  5. ٱلْعَظِيمِl-ʿaẓīmithe great

Verse 116

وَنَصَرْنَـٰهُمْ فَكَانُوا۟ هُمُ ٱلْغَـٰلِبِينَ

Transliteration wanaṣarnāhum fakānū humu l-ghālibīna

English And We supported them so it was they who overcame.

  1. وَنَصَرْنَـٰهُمْwanaṣarnāhumAnd We helped them
  2. فَكَانُوا۟fakānūso they became
  3. هُمُhumuso they became
  4. ٱلْغَـٰلِبِينَl-ghālibīnathe victors

Verse 117

وَءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمَا ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ ٱلْمُسْتَبِينَ

Transliteration waātaynāhumā l-kitāba l-mus'tabīna

English And We gave them the explicit Scripture [i.e., the Torah],

  1. وَءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمَاwaātaynāhumāAnd We gave both of them
  2. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  3. ٱلْمُسْتَبِينَl-mus'tabīnathe clear

Verse 118

وَهَدَيْنَـٰهُمَا ٱلصِّرَٰطَ ٱلْمُسْتَقِيمَ

Transliteration wahadaynāhumā l-ṣirāṭa l-mus'taqīma

English And We guided them on the straight path.

  1. وَهَدَيْنَـٰهُمَاwahadaynāhumāAnd We guided both of them
  2. ٱلصِّرَٰطَl-ṣirāṭa(to) the Path
  3. ٱلْمُسْتَقِيمَl-mus'taqīmathe Straight

Verse 119

وَتَرَكْنَا عَلَيْهِمَا فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرِينَ

Transliteration wataraknā ʿalayhimā fī l-ākhirīna

English And We left for them [favorable mention] among later generations:

  1. وَتَرَكْنَاwataraknāAnd We left
  2. عَلَيْهِمَاʿalayhimāfor both of them
  3. فِىfīamong
  4. ٱلْـَٔاخِرِينَl-ākhirīnathe later generations

Verse 120

سَلَـٰمٌ عَلَىٰ مُوسَىٰ وَهَـٰرُونَ

Transliteration salāmun ʿalā mūsā wahārūna

English "Peace upon Moses and Aaron."

  1. سَلَـٰمٌsalāmunPeace be
  2. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  3. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  4. وَهَـٰرُونَwahārūnaand Harun

Verse 121

إِنَّا كَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration innā kadhālika najzī l-muḥ'sinīna

English Indeed, We thus reward the doers of good.

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikathus
  3. نَجْزِىnajzīreward
  4. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīnathe good-doers

Verse 122

إِنَّهُمَا مِنْ عِبَادِنَا ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration innahumā min ʿibādinā l-mu'minīna

English Indeed, they were of Our believing servants.

  1. إِنَّهُمَاinnahumāIndeed, both of them
  2. مِنْmin(were) of
  3. عِبَادِنَاʿibādināOur slaves
  4. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīnabelieving

Verse 123

وَإِنَّ إِلْيَاسَ لَمِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration wa-inna il'yāsa lamina l-mur'salīna

English And indeed, Elias was from among the messengers,

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. إِلْيَاسَil'yāsaElijah
  3. لَمِنَlamina(was) surely of
  4. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers

Verse 124

إِذْ قَالَ لِقَوْمِهِۦٓ أَلَا تَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration idh qāla liqawmihi alā tattaqūna

English When he said to his people, "Will you not fear Allāh?

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالَqālahe said
  3. لِقَوْمِهِۦٓliqawmihito his people
  4. أَلَاalāWill not
  5. تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnayou fear

Verse 125

أَتَدْعُونَ بَعْلًا وَتَذَرُونَ أَحْسَنَ ٱلْخَـٰلِقِينَ

Transliteration atadʿūna baʿlan watadharūna aḥsana l-khāliqīna

English Do you call upon Baʿl and leave the best of creators -

  1. أَتَدْعُونَatadʿūnaDo you call
  2. بَعْلًۭاbaʿlanBaal
  3. وَتَذَرُونَwatadharūnaand you forsake
  4. أَحْسَنَaḥsana(the) Best
  5. ٱلْخَـٰلِقِينَl-khāliqīna(of) Creators

Verse 126

ٱللَّهَ رَبَّكُمْ وَرَبَّ ءَابَآئِكُمُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration al-laha rabbakum warabba ābāikumu l-awalīna

English Allāh, your Lord and the Lord of your first forefathers?"

  1. ٱللَّهَal-lahaAllah
  2. رَبَّكُمْrabbakumyour Lord
  3. وَرَبَّwarabbaand (the) Lord
  4. ءَابَآئِكُمُābāikumu(of) your forefathers
  5. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīna(of) your forefathers

Verse 127

فَكَذَّبُوهُ فَإِنَّهُمْ لَمُحْضَرُونَ

Transliteration fakadhabūhu fa-innahum lamuḥ'ḍarūna

English And they denied him, so indeed, they will be brought [for punishment],

  1. فَكَذَّبُوهُfakadhabūhuBut they denied him
  2. فَإِنَّهُمْfa-innahumso indeed, they
  3. لَمُحْضَرُونَlamuḥ'ḍarūna(will) surely be brought

Verse 128

إِلَّا عِبَادَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَ

Transliteration illā ʿibāda l-lahi l-mukh'laṣīna

English Except the chosen servants of Allāh.

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. عِبَادَʿibāda(the) slaves
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  4. ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَl-mukh'laṣīnathe chosen ones

Verse 129

وَتَرَكْنَا عَلَيْهِ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرِينَ

Transliteration wataraknā ʿalayhi fī l-ākhirīna

English And We left for him [favorable mention] among later generations:

  1. وَتَرَكْنَاwataraknāAnd We left
  2. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor him
  3. فِىfīamong
  4. ٱلْـَٔاخِرِينَl-ākhirīnathe later generations

Verse 130

سَلَـٰمٌ عَلَىٰٓ إِلْ يَاسِينَ

Transliteration salāmun ʿalā il yāsīna

English "Peace upon Elias."

  1. سَلَـٰمٌsalāmunPeace be
  2. عَلَىٰٓʿalāupon
  3. إِلْ يَاسِينَil yāsīnaElijah

Verse 131

إِنَّا كَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration innā kadhālika najzī l-muḥ'sinīna

English Indeed, We thus reward the doers of good.

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikathus
  3. نَجْزِىnajzīreward
  4. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīnathe good-doers

Verse 132

إِنَّهُۥ مِنْ عِبَادِنَا ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration innahu min ʿibādinā l-mu'minīna

English Indeed, he was of Our believing servants.

  1. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he (was)
  2. مِنْminof
  3. عِبَادِنَاʿibādināOur slaves
  4. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīnabelieving

Verse 133

وَإِنَّ لُوطًا لَّمِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration wa-inna lūṭan lamina l-mur'salīna

English And indeed, Lot was among the messengers.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. لُوطًۭاlūṭanLut
  3. لَّمِنَlamina(was) of
  4. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers

Verse 134

إِذْ نَجَّيْنَـٰهُ وَأَهْلَهُۥٓ أَجْمَعِينَ

Transliteration idh najjaynāhu wa-ahlahu ajmaʿīna

English [So mention] when We saved him and his family, all,

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. نَجَّيْنَـٰهُnajjaynāhuWe saved him
  3. وَأَهْلَهُۥٓwa-ahlahuand his family
  4. أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall

Verse 135

إِلَّا عَجُوزًا فِى ٱلْغَـٰبِرِينَ

Transliteration illā ʿajūzan fī l-ghābirīna

English Except an old woman [i.e., his wife] among those who remained [with the evildoers].

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. عَجُوزًۭاʿajūzanan old woman
  3. فِىfī(was) among
  4. ٱلْغَـٰبِرِينَl-ghābirīnathose who remained behind

Verse 136

ثُمَّ دَمَّرْنَا ٱلْـَٔاخَرِينَ

Transliteration thumma dammarnā l-ākharīna

English Then We destroyed the others.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. دَمَّرْنَاdammarnāWe destroyed
  3. ٱلْـَٔاخَرِينَl-ākharīnathe others

Verse 137

وَإِنَّكُمْ لَتَمُرُّونَ عَلَيْهِم مُّصْبِحِينَ

Transliteration wa-innakum latamurrūna ʿalayhim muṣ'biḥīna

English And indeed, you pass by them in the morning

  1. وَإِنَّكُمْwa-innakumAnd indeed, you
  2. لَتَمُرُّونَlatamurrūnasurely pass
  3. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimby them
  4. مُّصْبِحِينَmuṣ'biḥīna(in the) morning

Verse 138

وَبِٱلَّيْلِ ۗ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration wabi-al-layli afalā taʿqilūna

English And at night. Then will you not use reason?

  1. وَبِٱلَّيْلِ ۗwabi-al-layliAnd at night
  2. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  3. تَعْقِلُونَtaʿqilūnayou use reason

Verse 139

وَإِنَّ يُونُسَ لَمِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration wa-inna yūnusa lamina l-mur'salīna

English And indeed, Jonah was among the messengers.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. يُونُسَyūnusaYunus
  3. لَمِنَlamina(was) surely of
  4. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers

Verse 140

إِذْ أَبَقَ إِلَى ٱلْفُلْكِ ٱلْمَشْحُونِ

Transliteration idh abaqa ilā l-ful'ki l-mashḥūni

English [Mention] when he ran away to the laden ship.

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. أَبَقَabaqahe ran away
  3. إِلَىilāto
  4. ٱلْفُلْكِl-ful'kithe ship
  5. ٱلْمَشْحُونِl-mashḥūniladen

Verse 141

فَسَاهَمَ فَكَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُدْحَضِينَ

Transliteration fasāhama fakāna mina l-mud'ḥaḍīna

English And he drew lots and was among the losers.

  1. فَسَاهَمَfasāhamaThen he drew lots
  2. فَكَانَfakānaand was
  3. مِنَminaof
  4. ٱلْمُدْحَضِينَl-mud'ḥaḍīnathe losers

Verse 142

فَٱلْتَقَمَهُ ٱلْحُوتُ وَهُوَ مُلِيمٌ

Transliteration fal-taqamahu l-ḥūtu wahuwa mulīmun

English Then the fish swallowed him, while he was blameworthy.

  1. فَٱلْتَقَمَهُfal-taqamahuThen swallowed him
  2. ٱلْحُوتُl-ḥūtuthe fish
  3. وَهُوَwahuwawhile he
  4. مُلِيمٌۭmulīmun(was) blameworthy

Verse 143

فَلَوْلَآ أَنَّهُۥ كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُسَبِّحِينَ

Transliteration falawlā annahu kāna mina l-musabiḥīna

English And had he not been of those who exalt Allāh,

  1. فَلَوْلَآfalawlāAnd if not
  2. أَنَّهُۥannahuthat he
  3. كَانَkānawas
  4. مِنَminaof
  5. ٱلْمُسَبِّحِينَl-musabiḥīnathose who glorify

Verse 144

لَلَبِثَ فِى بَطْنِهِۦٓ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ يُبْعَثُونَ

Transliteration lalabitha fī baṭnihi ilā yawmi yub'ʿathūna

English He would have remained inside its belly until the Day they are resurrected.

  1. لَلَبِثَlalabithaCertainly, he (would have) remained
  2. فِىfīin
  3. بَطْنِهِۦٓbaṭnihiits belly
  4. إِلَىٰilāuntil
  5. يَوْمِyawmithe Day
  6. يُبْعَثُونَyub'ʿathūnathey are resurrected

Verse 145

۞ فَنَبَذْنَـٰهُ بِٱلْعَرَآءِ وَهُوَ سَقِيمٌ

Transliteration fanabadhnāhu bil-ʿarāi wahuwa saqīmun

English But We threw him onto the open shore while he was ill.

  1. ۞ فَنَبَذْنَـٰهُfanabadhnāhuBut We cast him
  2. بِٱلْعَرَآءِbil-ʿarāionto the open shore
  3. وَهُوَwahuwawhile he
  4. سَقِيمٌۭsaqīmun(was) ill

Verse 146

وَأَنۢبَتْنَا عَلَيْهِ شَجَرَةً مِّن يَقْطِينٍ

Transliteration wa-anbatnā ʿalayhi shajaratan min yaqṭīnin

English And We caused to grow over him a gourd vine.

  1. وَأَنۢبَتْنَاwa-anbatnāAnd We caused to grow
  2. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiover him
  3. شَجَرَةًۭshajaratana plant
  4. مِّنminof
  5. يَقْطِينٍۢyaqṭīningourd

Verse 147

وَأَرْسَلْنَـٰهُ إِلَىٰ مِا۟ئَةِ أَلْفٍ أَوْ يَزِيدُونَ

Transliteration wa-arsalnāhu ilā mi-ati alfin aw yazīdūna

English And We sent him to [his people of] a hundred thousand or more.

  1. وَأَرْسَلْنَـٰهُwa-arsalnāhuAnd We sent him
  2. إِلَىٰilāto
  3. مِا۟ئَةِmi-atia hundred
  4. أَلْفٍalfinthousand
  5. أَوْawor
  6. يَزِيدُونَyazīdūnamore

Verse 148

فَـَٔامَنُوا۟ فَمَتَّعْنَـٰهُمْ إِلَىٰ حِينٍ

Transliteration faāmanū famattaʿnāhum ilā ḥīnin

English And they believed, so We gave them enjoyment [of life] for a time.

  1. فَـَٔامَنُوا۟faāmanūAnd they believed
  2. فَمَتَّعْنَـٰهُمْfamattaʿnāhumso We gave them enjoyment
  3. إِلَىٰilāfor
  4. حِينٍۢḥīnina while

Verse 149

فَٱسْتَفْتِهِمْ أَلِرَبِّكَ ٱلْبَنَاتُ وَلَهُمُ ٱلْبَنُونَ

Transliteration fa-is'taftihim alirabbika l-banātu walahumu l-banūna

English So inquire of them, [O Muḥammad], "Does your Lord have daughters while they have sons?

  1. فَٱسْتَفْتِهِمْfa-is'taftihimThen ask them
  2. أَلِرَبِّكَalirabbikaDoes your Lord
  3. ٱلْبَنَاتُl-banātu(have) daughters
  4. وَلَهُمُwalahumuwhile for them
  5. ٱلْبَنُونَl-banūna(are) sons

Verse 150

أَمْ خَلَقْنَا ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةَ إِنَـٰثًا وَهُمْ شَـٰهِدُونَ

Transliteration am khalaqnā l-malāikata ināthan wahum shāhidūna

English Or did We create the angels as females while they were witnesses?"

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. خَلَقْنَاkhalaqnādid We create
  3. ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةَl-malāikatathe Angels
  4. إِنَـٰثًۭاināthanfemales
  5. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  6. شَـٰهِدُونَshāhidūna(were) witnesses

Verse 151

أَلَآ إِنَّهُم مِّنْ إِفْكِهِمْ لَيَقُولُونَ

Transliteration alā innahum min if'kihim layaqūlūna

English Unquestionably, it is out of their [invented] falsehood that they say,

  1. أَلَآalāNo doubt
  2. إِنَّهُمinnahumindeed, they
  3. مِّنْminof
  4. إِفْكِهِمْif'kihimtheir falsehood
  5. لَيَقُولُونَlayaqūlūna[they] say

Verse 152

وَلَدَ ٱللَّهُ وَإِنَّهُمْ لَكَـٰذِبُونَ

Transliteration walada l-lahu wa-innahum lakādhibūna

English "Allāh has begotten," and indeed, they are liars.

  1. وَلَدَwaladaAllah has begotten
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah has begotten
  3. وَإِنَّهُمْwa-innahumand indeed, they
  4. لَكَـٰذِبُونَlakādhibūnasurely (are) liars

Verse 153

أَصْطَفَى ٱلْبَنَاتِ عَلَى ٱلْبَنِينَ

Transliteration aṣṭafā l-banāti ʿalā l-banīna

English Has He chosen daughters over sons?

  1. أَصْطَفَىaṣṭafāHas He chosen
  2. ٱلْبَنَاتِl-banāti[the] daughters
  3. عَلَىʿalāover
  4. ٱلْبَنِينَl-banīnasons

Verse 154

مَا لَكُمْ كَيْفَ تَحْكُمُونَ

Transliteration mā lakum kayfa taḥkumūna

English What is [wrong] with you? How do you make judgement?

  1. مَاmāWhat is with you
  2. لَكُمْlakumWhat is with you
  3. كَيْفَkayfaHow
  4. تَحْكُمُونَtaḥkumūnayou judge

Verse 155

أَفَلَا تَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration afalā tadhakkarūna

English Then will you not be reminded?

  1. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  2. تَذَكَّرُونَtadhakkarūnayou pay heed

Verse 156

أَمْ لَكُمْ سُلْطَـٰنٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration am lakum sul'ṭānun mubīnun

English Or do you have a clear authority?

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. لَكُمْlakum(is) for you
  3. سُلْطَـٰنٌۭsul'ṭānunan authority
  4. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 157

فَأْتُوا۟ بِكِتَـٰبِكُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ صَـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration fatū bikitābikum in kuntum ṣādiqīna

English Then produce your scripture, if you should be truthful.

  1. فَأْتُوا۟fatūThen bring
  2. بِكِتَـٰبِكُمْbikitābikumyour book
  3. إِنinif
  4. كُنتُمْkuntumyou are
  5. صَـٰدِقِينَṣādiqīnatruthful

Verse 158

وَجَعَلُوا۟ بَيْنَهُۥ وَبَيْنَ ٱلْجِنَّةِ نَسَبًا ۚ وَلَقَدْ عَلِمَتِ ٱلْجِنَّةُ إِنَّهُمْ لَمُحْضَرُونَ

Transliteration wajaʿalū baynahu wabayna l-jinati nasaban walaqad ʿalimati l-jinatu innahum lamuḥ'ḍarūna

English And they have made [i.e., claimed] between Him and the jinn a lineage, but the jinn have already known that they [who made such claims] will be brought [to punishment].

  1. وَجَعَلُوا۟wajaʿalūAnd they have made
  2. بَيْنَهُۥbaynahubetween Him
  3. وَبَيْنَwabaynaand between
  4. ٱلْجِنَّةِl-jinatithe jinn
  5. نَسَبًۭا ۚnasabana relationship
  6. وَلَقَدْwalaqadbut certainly
  7. عَلِمَتِʿalimatiknow
  8. ٱلْجِنَّةُl-jinatuthe jinn
  9. إِنَّهُمْinnahumthat they
  10. لَمُحْضَرُونَlamuḥ'ḍarūna(will) surely be brought

Verse 159

سُبْحَـٰنَ ٱللَّهِ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ

Transliteration sub'ḥāna l-lahi ʿammā yaṣifūna

English Exalted is Allāh above what they describe,

  1. سُبْحَـٰنَsub'ḥānaGlory be
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(to) Allah
  3. عَمَّاʿammāabove what
  4. يَصِفُونَyaṣifūnathey attribute

Verse 160

إِلَّا عِبَادَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَ

Transliteration illā ʿibāda l-lahi l-mukh'laṣīna

English Except the chosen servants of Allāh [who do not share in that sin].

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. عِبَادَʿibāda(the) slaves
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  4. ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَl-mukh'laṣīnathe chosen

Verse 161

فَإِنَّكُمْ وَمَا تَعْبُدُونَ

Transliteration fa-innakum wamā taʿbudūna

English So indeed, you [disbelievers] and whatever you worship,

  1. فَإِنَّكُمْfa-innakumSo indeed, you
  2. وَمَاwamāand what
  3. تَعْبُدُونَtaʿbudūnayou worship

Verse 162

مَآ أَنتُمْ عَلَيْهِ بِفَـٰتِنِينَ

Transliteration mā antum ʿalayhi bifātinīna

English You cannot tempt [anyone] away from Him

  1. مَآmāNot
  2. أَنتُمْantumyou
  3. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifrom Him
  4. بِفَـٰتِنِينَbifātinīnacan tempt away (anyone)

Verse 163

إِلَّا مَنْ هُوَ صَالِ ٱلْجَحِيمِ

Transliteration illā man huwa ṣāli l-jaḥīmi

English Except he who is to [enter and] burn in the Hellfire.

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. مَنْmanwho
  3. هُوَhuwahe
  4. صَالِṣāli(is) to burn
  5. ٱلْجَحِيمِl-jaḥīmi(in) the Hellfire

Verse 164

وَمَا مِنَّآ إِلَّا لَهُۥ مَقَامٌ مَّعْلُومٌ

Transliteration wamā minnā illā lahu maqāmun maʿlūmun

English [The angels say], "There is not among us any except that he has a known position.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. مِنَّآminnāamong us
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. لَهُۥlahufor him
  5. مَقَامٌۭmaqāmun(is) a position
  6. مَّعْلُومٌۭmaʿlūmunknown

Verse 165

وَإِنَّا لَنَحْنُ ٱلصَّآفُّونَ

Transliteration wa-innā lanaḥnu l-ṣāfūna

English And indeed, we are those who line up [for prayer].

  1. وَإِنَّاwa-innāAnd indeed, we
  2. لَنَحْنُlanaḥnusurely, [we]
  3. ٱلصَّآفُّونَl-ṣāfūnastand in rows

Verse 166

وَإِنَّا لَنَحْنُ ٱلْمُسَبِّحُونَ

Transliteration wa-innā lanaḥnu l-musabiḥūna

English And indeed, we are those who exalt Allāh."

  1. وَإِنَّاwa-innāAnd indeed, we
  2. لَنَحْنُlanaḥnusurely, [we]
  3. ٱلْمُسَبِّحُونَl-musabiḥūnaglorify (Allah)

Verse 167

وَإِن كَانُوا۟ لَيَقُولُونَ

Transliteration wa-in kānū layaqūlūna

English And indeed, they [i.e., the disbelievers] used to say,

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd indeed
  2. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  3. لَيَقُولُونَlayaqūlūnasay

Verse 168

لَوْ أَنَّ عِندَنَا ذِكْرًا مِّنَ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration law anna ʿindanā dhik'ran mina l-awalīna

English "If we had a message from [those of] the former peoples,

  1. لَوْlawIf
  2. أَنَّannathat
  3. عِندَنَاʿindanāwe had
  4. ذِكْرًۭاdhik'rana reminder
  5. مِّنَminafrom
  6. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīnathe former (people)

Verse 169

لَكُنَّا عِبَادَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَ

Transliteration lakunnā ʿibāda l-lahi l-mukh'laṣīna

English We would have been the chosen servants of Allāh."

  1. لَكُنَّاlakunnāCertainly, we (would) have been
  2. عِبَادَʿibādaslaves
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  4. ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَl-mukh'laṣīnathe chosen

Verse 170

فَكَفَرُوا۟ بِهِۦ ۖ فَسَوْفَ يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration fakafarū bihi fasawfa yaʿlamūna

English But they disbelieved in it, so they are going to know.

  1. فَكَفَرُوا۟fakafarūBut they disbelieved
  2. بِهِۦ ۖbihiin it
  3. فَسَوْفَfasawfaso soon
  4. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnathey will know

Verse 171

وَلَقَدْ سَبَقَتْ كَلِمَتُنَا لِعِبَادِنَا ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration walaqad sabaqat kalimatunā liʿibādinā l-mur'salīna

English And Our word [i.e., decree] has already preceded for Our servants, the messengers,

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. سَبَقَتْsabaqathas preceded
  3. كَلِمَتُنَاkalimatunāOur Word
  4. لِعِبَادِنَاliʿibādināfor Our slaves
  5. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers

Verse 172

إِنَّهُمْ لَهُمُ ٱلْمَنصُورُونَ

Transliteration innahum lahumu l-manṣūrūna

English [That] indeed, they would be those given victory

  1. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed they
  2. لَهُمُlahumusurely they
  3. ٱلْمَنصُورُونَl-manṣūrūna(would be) the victorious

Verse 173

وَإِنَّ جُندَنَا لَهُمُ ٱلْغَـٰلِبُونَ

Transliteration wa-inna jundanā lahumu l-ghālibūna

English And [that] indeed, Our soldiers [i.e., the believers] will be those who overcome.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. جُندَنَاjundanāOur host
  3. لَهُمُlahumusurely, they
  4. ٱلْغَـٰلِبُونَl-ghālibūna(will be) those who overcome

Verse 174

فَتَوَلَّ عَنْهُمْ حَتَّىٰ حِينٍ

Transliteration fatawalla ʿanhum ḥattā ḥīnin

English So, [O Muḥammad], leave them for a time.

  1. فَتَوَلَّfatawallaSo turn away
  2. عَنْهُمْʿanhumfrom them
  3. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  4. حِينٍۢḥīnina time

Verse 175

وَأَبْصِرْهُمْ فَسَوْفَ يُبْصِرُونَ

Transliteration wa-abṣir'hum fasawfa yub'ṣirūna

English And see [what will befall] them, for they are going to see.

  1. وَأَبْصِرْهُمْwa-abṣir'humAnd see them
  2. فَسَوْفَfasawfaso soon
  3. يُبْصِرُونَyub'ṣirūnathey will see

Verse 176

أَفَبِعَذَابِنَا يَسْتَعْجِلُونَ

Transliteration afabiʿadhābinā yastaʿjilūna

English Then for Our punishment are they impatient?

  1. أَفَبِعَذَابِنَاafabiʿadhābināThen is (it) for Our punishment
  2. يَسْتَعْجِلُونَyastaʿjilūnathey hasten

Verse 177

فَإِذَا نَزَلَ بِسَاحَتِهِمْ فَسَآءَ صَبَاحُ ٱلْمُنذَرِينَ

Transliteration fa-idhā nazala bisāḥatihim fasāa ṣabāḥu l-mundharīna

English But when it descends in their territory, then evil is the morning of those who were warned.

  1. فَإِذَاfa-idhāBut when
  2. نَزَلَnazalait descends
  3. بِسَاحَتِهِمْbisāḥatihimin their territory
  4. فَسَآءَfasāathen evil (will be)
  5. صَبَاحُṣabāḥu(the) morning
  6. ٱلْمُنذَرِينَl-mundharīna(for) those who were warned

Verse 178

وَتَوَلَّ عَنْهُمْ حَتَّىٰ حِينٍ

Transliteration watawalla ʿanhum ḥattā ḥīnin

English And leave them for a time.

  1. وَتَوَلَّwatawallaSo turn away
  2. عَنْهُمْʿanhumfrom them
  3. حَتَّىٰḥattāfor
  4. حِينٍۢḥīnina time

Verse 179

وَأَبْصِرْ فَسَوْفَ يُبْصِرُونَ

Transliteration wa-abṣir fasawfa yub'ṣirūna

English And see, for they are going to see.

  1. وَأَبْصِرْwa-abṣirAnd see
  2. فَسَوْفَfasawfaso soon
  3. يُبْصِرُونَyub'ṣirūnathey will see

Verse 180

سُبْحَـٰنَ رَبِّكَ رَبِّ ٱلْعِزَّةِ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ

Transliteration sub'ḥāna rabbika rabbi l-ʿizati ʿammā yaṣifūna

English Exalted is your Lord, the Lord of might, above what they describe.

  1. سُبْحَـٰنَsub'ḥānaGlory
  2. رَبِّكَrabbika(be to) your Lord
  3. رَبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  4. ٱلْعِزَّةِl-ʿizati(of) Honor
  5. عَمَّاʿammāabove what
  6. يَصِفُونَyaṣifūnathey attribute

Verse 181

وَسَلَـٰمٌ عَلَى ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration wasalāmun ʿalā l-mur'salīna

English And peace upon the messengers.

  1. وَسَلَـٰمٌwasalāmunAnd peace be
  2. عَلَىʿalāupon
  3. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers

Verse 182

وَٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration wal-ḥamdu lillahi rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English And praise to Allāh, Lord of the worlds.

  1. وَٱلْحَمْدُwal-ḥamduAnd all praise
  2. لِلَّهِlillahi(be) to Allah
  3. رَبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  4. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Surah Sad ص verses 1–88

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

صٓ ۚ وَٱلْقُرْءَانِ ذِى ٱلذِّكْرِ

Transliteration sad wal-qur'āni dhī l-dhik'ri

English Ṣād. By the Qur’ān containing reminder...

  1. صٓ ۚsadSaad
  2. وَٱلْقُرْءَانِwal-qur'āniBy the Quran
  3. ذِىdhīfull (of) reminder
  4. ٱلذِّكْرِl-dhik'rifull (of) reminder

Verse 2

بَلِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ فِى عِزَّةٍ وَشِقَاقٍ

Transliteration bali alladhīna kafarū fī ʿizzatin washiqāqin

English But those who disbelieve are in pride and dissension.

  1. بَلِbaliNay
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieve
  4. فِىfī(are) in
  5. عِزَّةٍۢʿizzatinself-glory
  6. وَشِقَاقٍۢwashiqāqinand opposition

Verse 3

كَمْ أَهْلَكْنَا مِن قَبْلِهِم مِّن قَرْنٍ فَنَادَوا۟ وَّلَاتَ حِينَ مَنَاصٍ

Transliteration kam ahlaknā min qablihim min qarnin fanādaw walāta ḥīna manāṣin

English How many a generation have We destroyed before them, and they [then] called out; but it was not a time for escape.

  1. كَمْkamHow many
  2. أَهْلَكْنَاahlaknāWe destroyed
  3. مِنminbefore them
  4. قَبْلِهِمqablihimbefore them
  5. مِّنminof
  6. قَرْنٍۢqarnina generation
  7. فَنَادَوا۟fanādawthen they called out
  8. وَّلَاتَwalātawhen there (was) no longer
  9. حِينَḥīnatime
  10. مَنَاصٍۢmanāṣin(for) escape

Verse 4

وَعَجِبُوٓا۟ أَن جَآءَهُم مُّنذِرٌ مِّنْهُمْ ۖ وَقَالَ ٱلْكَـٰفِرُونَ هَـٰذَا سَـٰحِرٌ كَذَّابٌ

Transliteration waʿajibū an jāahum mundhirun min'hum waqāla l-kāfirūna hādhā sāḥirun kadhābun

English And they wonder that there has come to them a warner [i.e., Prophet Muḥammad (ﷺ)] from among themselves. And the disbelievers say, "This is a magician and a liar.

  1. وَعَجِبُوٓا۟waʿajibūAnd they wonder
  2. أَنanthat
  3. جَآءَهُمjāahumhas come to them
  4. مُّنذِرٌۭmundhiruna warner
  5. مِّنْهُمْ ۖmin'humfrom themselves
  6. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  7. ٱلْكَـٰفِرُونَl-kāfirūnathe disbelievers
  8. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  9. سَـٰحِرٌۭsāḥirun(is) a magician
  10. كَذَّابٌkadhābuna liar

Verse 5

أَجَعَلَ ٱلْـَٔالِهَةَ إِلَـٰهًا وَٰحِدًا ۖ إِنَّ هَـٰذَا لَشَىْءٌ عُجَابٌ

Transliteration ajaʿala l-ālihata ilāhan wāḥidan inna hādhā lashayon ʿujābun

English Has he made the gods [only] one God? Indeed, this is a curious thing."

  1. أَجَعَلَajaʿalaHas he made
  2. ٱلْـَٔالِهَةَl-ālihatathe gods
  3. إِلَـٰهًۭاilāhan(into) one god
  4. وَٰحِدًا ۖwāḥidan(into) one god
  5. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  6. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  7. لَشَىْءٌlashayon(is) certainly a thing
  8. عُجَابٌۭʿujābuncurious

Verse 6

وَٱنطَلَقَ ٱلْمَلَأُ مِنْهُمْ أَنِ ٱمْشُوا۟ وَٱصْبِرُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ ءَالِهَتِكُمْ ۖ إِنَّ هَـٰذَا لَشَىْءٌ يُرَادُ

Transliteration wa-inṭalaqa l-mala-u min'hum ani im'shū wa-iṣ'birū ʿalā ālihatikum inna hādhā lashayon yurādu

English And the eminent among them went forth, [saying], "Continue, and be patient over [the defense of] your gods. Indeed, this is a thing intended.

  1. وَٱنطَلَقَwa-inṭalaqaAnd went forth
  2. ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
  3. مِنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  4. أَنِanithat
  5. ٱمْشُوا۟im'shūContinue
  6. وَٱصْبِرُوا۟wa-iṣ'birūand be patient
  7. عَلَىٰٓʿalāover
  8. ءَالِهَتِكُمْ ۖālihatikumyour gods
  9. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  10. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  11. لَشَىْءٌۭlashayon(is) certainly a thing
  12. يُرَادُyurāduintended

Verse 7

مَا سَمِعْنَا بِهَـٰذَا فِى ٱلْمِلَّةِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ إِنْ هَـٰذَآ إِلَّا ٱخْتِلَـٰقٌ

Transliteration mā samiʿ'nā bihādhā fī l-milati l-ākhirati in hādhā illā ikh'tilāqun

English We have not heard of this in the latest religion. This is not but a fabrication.

  1. مَاmāNot
  2. سَمِعْنَاsamiʿ'nāwe heard
  3. بِهَـٰذَاbihādhāof this
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْمِلَّةِl-milatithe religion
  6. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhiratithe last
  7. إِنْinNot
  8. هَـٰذَآhādhā(is) this
  9. إِلَّاillābut
  10. ٱخْتِلَـٰقٌikh'tilāquna fabrication

Verse 8

أَءُنزِلَ عَلَيْهِ ٱلذِّكْرُ مِنۢ بَيْنِنَا ۚ بَلْ هُمْ فِى شَكٍّ مِّن ذِكْرِى ۖ بَل لَّمَّا يَذُوقُوا۟ عَذَابِ

Transliteration a-unzila ʿalayhi l-dhik'ru min bayninā bal hum fī shakkin min dhik'rī bal lammā yadhūqū ʿadhābi

English Has the message been revealed to him out of [all of] us?" Rather, they are in doubt about My message. Rather, they have not yet tasted My punishment.

  1. أَءُنزِلَa-unzilaHas been revealed
  2. عَلَيْهِʿalayhito him
  3. ٱلذِّكْرُl-dhik'ruthe Message
  4. مِنۢminfrom
  5. بَيْنِنَا ۚbaynināamong us
  6. بَلْbalNay
  7. هُمْhumThey
  8. فِىfī(are) in
  9. شَكٍّۢshakkindoubt
  10. مِّنminabout
  11. ذِكْرِى ۖdhik'rīMy Message
  12. بَلbalNay
  13. لَّمَّاlammānot yet
  14. يَذُوقُوا۟yadhūqūthey have tasted
  15. عَذَابِʿadhābiMy punishment

Verse 9

أَمْ عِندَهُمْ خَزَآئِنُ رَحْمَةِ رَبِّكَ ٱلْعَزِيزِ ٱلْوَهَّابِ

Transliteration am ʿindahum khazāinu raḥmati rabbika l-ʿazīzi l-wahābi

English Or do they have the depositories of the mercy of your Lord, the Exalted in Might, the Bestower?

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. عِندَهُمْʿindahumhave they
  3. خَزَآئِنُkhazāinu(the) treasures
  4. رَحْمَةِraḥmati(of the) Mercy
  5. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  6. ٱلْعَزِيزِl-ʿazīzithe All-Mighty
  7. ٱلْوَهَّابِl-wahābithe Bestower

Verse 10

أَمْ لَهُم مُّلْكُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا ۖ فَلْيَرْتَقُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَسْبَـٰبِ

Transliteration am lahum mul'ku l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wamā baynahumā falyartaqū fī l-asbābi

English Or is theirs the dominion of the heavens and the earth and what is between them? Then let them ascend through [any] ways of access.

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. لَهُمlahumfor them
  3. مُّلْكُmul'ku(is the) dominion
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  5. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  6. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  7. بَيْنَهُمَا ۖbaynahumā(is) between them
  8. فَلْيَرْتَقُوا۟falyartaqūThen let them ascend
  9. فِىfīby
  10. ٱلْأَسْبَـٰبِl-asbābithe means

Verse 11

جُندٌ مَّا هُنَالِكَ مَهْزُومٌ مِّنَ ٱلْأَحْزَابِ

Transliteration jundun mā hunālika mahzūmun mina l-aḥzābi

English [They are but] soldiers [who will be] defeated there among the companies [of disbelievers].

  1. جُندٌۭjundunSoldiers
  2. مَّاmāthere
  3. هُنَالِكَhunālikathere
  4. مَهْزُومٌۭmahzūmun(they will be) defeated
  5. مِّنَminaamong
  6. ٱلْأَحْزَابِl-aḥzābithe companies

Verse 12

كَذَّبَتْ قَبْلَهُمْ قَوْمُ نُوحٍ وَعَادٌ وَفِرْعَوْنُ ذُو ٱلْأَوْتَادِ

Transliteration kadhabat qablahum qawmu nūḥin waʿādun wafir'ʿawnu dhū l-awtādi

English The people of Noah denied before them, and [the tribe of] ʿAad and Pharaoh, the owner of stakes,

  1. كَذَّبَتْkadhabatDenied
  2. قَبْلَهُمْqablahumbefore them
  3. قَوْمُqawmu(the) people
  4. نُوحٍۢnūḥin(of) Nuh
  5. وَعَادٌۭwaʿādunand Aad
  6. وَفِرْعَوْنُwafir'ʿawnuand Firaun
  7. ذُوdhū(the) owner
  8. ٱلْأَوْتَادِl-awtādi(of) the stakes

Verse 13

وَثَمُودُ وَقَوْمُ لُوطٍ وَأَصْحَـٰبُ لْـَٔيْكَةِ ۚ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلْأَحْزَابُ

Transliteration wathamūdu waqawmu lūṭin wa-aṣḥābu al'aykati ulāika l-aḥzābu

English And [the tribe of] Thamūd and the people of Lot and the companions of the thicket [i.e., people of Madyan]. Those are the companies.

  1. وَثَمُودُwathamūduAnd Thamud
  2. وَقَوْمُwaqawmuand (the) people
  3. لُوطٍۢlūṭin(of) Lut
  4. وَأَصْحَـٰبُwa-aṣḥābuand (the) companions
  5. لْـَٔيْكَةِ ۚal'aykati(of) the wood
  6. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  7. ٱلْأَحْزَابُl-aḥzābu(were) the companies

Verse 14

إِن كُلٌّ إِلَّا كَذَّبَ ٱلرُّسُلَ فَحَقَّ عِقَابِ

Transliteration in kullun illā kadhaba l-rusula faḥaqqa ʿiqābi

English Each of them denied the messengers, so My penalty was justified.

  1. إِنinNot
  2. كُلٌّkullunall (of them)
  3. إِلَّاillābut
  4. كَذَّبَkadhabadenied
  5. ٱلرُّسُلَl-rusulathe Messengers
  6. فَحَقَّfaḥaqqaso (was) just
  7. عِقَابِʿiqābiMy penalty

Verse 15

وَمَا يَنظُرُ هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ إِلَّا صَيْحَةً وَٰحِدَةً مَّا لَهَا مِن فَوَاقٍ

Transliteration wamā yanẓuru hāulāi illā ṣayḥatan wāḥidatan mā lahā min fawāqin

English And these [disbelievers] await not but one blast [of the Horn]; for it there will be no delay.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. يَنظُرُyanẓuruawait
  3. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāithese
  4. إِلَّاillābut
  5. صَيْحَةًۭṣayḥatana shout
  6. وَٰحِدَةًۭwāḥidatanone
  7. مَّاmānot
  8. لَهَاlahāfor it
  9. مِنminany
  10. فَوَاقٍۢfawāqindelay

Verse 16

وَقَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَا عَجِّل لَّنَا قِطَّنَا قَبْلَ يَوْمِ ٱلْحِسَابِ

Transliteration waqālū rabbanā ʿajjil lanā qiṭṭanā qabla yawmi l-ḥisābi

English And they say, "Our Lord, hasten for us our share [of the punishment] before the Day of Account."

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they say
  2. رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
  3. عَجِّلʿajjilHasten
  4. لَّنَاlanāfor us
  5. قِطَّنَاqiṭṭanāour share
  6. قَبْلَqablabefore
  7. يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
  8. ٱلْحِسَابِl-ḥisābi(of) the Account

Verse 17

ٱصْبِرْ عَلَىٰ مَا يَقُولُونَ وَٱذْكُرْ عَبْدَنَا دَاوُۥدَ ذَا ٱلْأَيْدِ ۖ إِنَّهُۥٓ أَوَّابٌ

Transliteration iṣ'bir ʿalā mā yaqūlūna wa-udh'kur ʿabdanā dāwūda dhā l-aydi innahu awwābun

English Be patient over what they say and remember Our servant, David, the possessor of strength; indeed, he was one who repeatedly turned back [to Allāh].

  1. ٱصْبِرْiṣ'birBe patient
  2. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūnathey say
  5. وَٱذْكُرْwa-udh'kurand remember
  6. عَبْدَنَاʿabdanāOur slave
  7. دَاوُۥدَdāwūdaDawood
  8. ذَاdhāthe possessor of strength
  9. ٱلْأَيْدِ ۖl-aydithe possessor of strength
  10. إِنَّهُۥٓinnahuIndeed, he (was)
  11. أَوَّابٌawwābunrepeatedly turning

Verse 18

إِنَّا سَخَّرْنَا ٱلْجِبَالَ مَعَهُۥ يُسَبِّحْنَ بِٱلْعَشِىِّ وَٱلْإِشْرَاقِ

Transliteration innā sakharnā l-jibāla maʿahu yusabbiḥ'na bil-ʿashiyi wal-ish'rāqi

English Indeed, We subjected the mountains [to praise] with him, exalting [Allāh] in the [late] afternoon and [after] sunrise.

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. سَخَّرْنَاsakharnāsubjected
  3. ٱلْجِبَالَl-jibālathe mountains
  4. مَعَهُۥmaʿahuwith him
  5. يُسَبِّحْنَyusabbiḥ'naglorifying
  6. بِٱلْعَشِىِّbil-ʿashiyiin the evening
  7. وَٱلْإِشْرَاقِwal-ish'rāqiand [the] sunrise

Verse 19

وَٱلطَّيْرَ مَحْشُورَةً ۖ كُلٌّ لَّهُۥٓ أَوَّابٌ

Transliteration wal-ṭayra maḥshūratan kullun lahu awwābun

English And the birds were assembled, all with him repeating [praises].

  1. وَٱلطَّيْرَwal-ṭayraAnd the birds
  2. مَحْشُورَةًۭ ۖmaḥshūratanassembled
  3. كُلٌّۭkullunall
  4. لَّهُۥٓlahuwith him
  5. أَوَّابٌۭawwābunrepeatedly turning

Verse 20

وَشَدَدْنَا مُلْكَهُۥ وَءَاتَيْنَـٰهُ ٱلْحِكْمَةَ وَفَصْلَ ٱلْخِطَابِ

Transliteration washadadnā mul'kahu waātaynāhu l-ḥik'mata wafaṣla l-khiṭābi

English And We strengthened his kingdom and gave him wisdom and discernment in speech.

  1. وَشَدَدْنَاwashadadnāAnd We strengthened
  2. مُلْكَهُۥmul'kahuhis kingdom
  3. وَءَاتَيْنَـٰهُwaātaynāhuand We gave him
  4. ٱلْحِكْمَةَl-ḥik'mata[the] wisdom
  5. وَفَصْلَwafaṣlaand decisive
  6. ٱلْخِطَابِl-khiṭābispeech

Verse 21

۞ وَهَلْ أَتَىٰكَ نَبَؤُا۟ ٱلْخَصْمِ إِذْ تَسَوَّرُوا۟ ٱلْمِحْرَابَ

Transliteration wahal atāka naba-u l-khaṣmi idh tasawwarū l-miḥ'rāba

English And has there come to you the news of the adversaries, when they climbed over the wall of [his] prayer chamber -

  1. ۞ وَهَلْwahalAnd has (there)
  2. أَتَىٰكَatākacome to you
  3. نَبَؤُا۟naba-u(the) news
  4. ٱلْخَصْمِl-khaṣmi(of) the litigants
  5. إِذْidhwhen
  6. تَسَوَّرُوا۟tasawwarūthey climbed over the wall
  7. ٱلْمِحْرَابَl-miḥ'rāba(of) the chamber

Verse 22

إِذْ دَخَلُوا۟ عَلَىٰ دَاوُۥدَ فَفَزِعَ مِنْهُمْ ۖ قَالُوا۟ لَا تَخَفْ ۖ خَصْمَانِ بَغَىٰ بَعْضُنَا عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ فَٱحْكُم بَيْنَنَا بِٱلْحَقِّ وَلَا تُشْطِطْ وَٱهْدِنَآ إِلَىٰ سَوَآءِ ٱلصِّرَٰطِ

Transliteration idh dakhalū ʿalā dāwūda fafaziʿa min'hum qālū lā takhaf khaṣmāni baghā baʿḍunā ʿalā baʿḍin fa-uḥ'kum baynanā bil-ḥaqi walā tush'ṭiṭ wa-ih'dinā ilā sawāi l-ṣirāṭi

English When they entered upon David and he was alarmed by them? They said, "Fear not. [We are] two adversaries, one of whom has wronged the other, so judge between us with truth and do not exceed [it] and guide us to the sound path.

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. دَخَلُوا۟dakhalūthey entered
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  4. دَاوُۥدَdāwūdaDawood
  5. فَفَزِعَfafaziʿaand he was afraid
  6. مِنْهُمْ ۖmin'humof them
  7. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  8. لَاlā(Do) not
  9. تَخَفْ ۖtakhaffear
  10. خَصْمَانِkhaṣmāni(We are) two litigants
  11. بَغَىٰbaghāhas wronged
  12. بَعْضُنَاbaʿḍunāone of us
  13. عَلَىٰʿalāto
  14. بَعْضٍۢbaʿḍinanother
  15. فَٱحْكُمfa-uḥ'kumso judge
  16. بَيْنَنَاbaynanābetween us
  17. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiin truth
  18. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  19. تُشْطِطْtush'ṭiṭbe unjust
  20. وَٱهْدِنَآwa-ih'dināand guide us
  21. إِلَىٰilāto
  22. سَوَآءِsawāian even
  23. ٱلصِّرَٰطِl-ṣirāṭi[the] path

Verse 23

إِنَّ هَـٰذَآ أَخِى لَهُۥ تِسْعٌ وَتِسْعُونَ نَعْجَةً وَلِىَ نَعْجَةٌ وَٰحِدَةٌ فَقَالَ أَكْفِلْنِيهَا وَعَزَّنِى فِى ٱلْخِطَابِ

Transliteration inna hādhā akhī lahu tis'ʿun watis'ʿūna naʿjatan waliya naʿjatun wāḥidatun faqāla akfil'nīhā waʿazzanī fī l-khiṭābi

English Indeed this, my brother, has ninety-nine ewes, and I have one ewe; so he said, 'Entrust her to me,' and he overpowered me in speech."

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. هَـٰذَآhādhāthis
  3. أَخِىakhī(is) my brother
  4. لَهُۥlahuhe has
  5. تِسْعٌۭtis'ʿunninety-nine
  6. وَتِسْعُونَwatis'ʿūnaninety-nine
  7. نَعْجَةًۭnaʿjatanewe(s)
  8. وَلِىَwaliyawhile I have
  9. نَعْجَةٌۭnaʿjatunewe
  10. وَٰحِدَةٌۭwāḥidatunone
  11. فَقَالَfaqālaso he said
  12. أَكْفِلْنِيهَاakfil'nīhāEntrust her to me
  13. وَعَزَّنِىwaʿazzanīand he overpowered me
  14. فِىfīin
  15. ٱلْخِطَابِl-khiṭābi[the] speech

Verse 24

قَالَ لَقَدْ ظَلَمَكَ بِسُؤَالِ نَعْجَتِكَ إِلَىٰ نِعَاجِهِۦ ۖ وَإِنَّ كَثِيرًا مِّنَ ٱلْخُلَطَآءِ لَيَبْغِى بَعْضُهُمْ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ وَقَلِيلٌ مَّا هُمْ ۗ وَظَنَّ دَاوُۥدُ أَنَّمَا فَتَنَّـٰهُ فَٱسْتَغْفَرَ رَبَّهُۥ وَخَرَّ رَاكِعًا وَأَنَابَ ۩

Transliteration qāla laqad ẓalamaka bisuāli naʿjatika ilā niʿājihi wa-inna kathīran mina l-khulaṭāi layabghī baʿḍuhum ʿalā baʿḍin illā alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti waqalīlun mā hum waẓanna dāwūdu annamā fatannāhu fa-is'taghfara rabbahu wakharra rākiʿan wa-anāba

English [David] said, "He has certainly wronged you in demanding your ewe [in addition] to his ewes. And indeed, many associates oppress one another, except for those who believe and do righteous deeds - and few are they." And David became certain that We had tried him, and he asked forgiveness of his Lord and fell down bowing [in prostration] and turned in repentance [to Allāh].

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. لَقَدْlaqadCertainly
  3. ظَلَمَكَẓalamakahe has wronged you
  4. بِسُؤَالِbisuāliby demanding
  5. نَعْجَتِكَnaʿjatikayour ewe
  6. إِلَىٰilāto
  7. نِعَاجِهِۦ ۖniʿājihihis ewes
  8. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  9. كَثِيرًۭاkathīranmany
  10. مِّنَminaof
  11. ٱلْخُلَطَآءِl-khulaṭāithe partners
  12. لَيَبْغِىlayabghīcertainly oppress
  13. بَعْضُهُمْbaʿḍuhumsome of them
  14. عَلَىٰʿalā[on]
  15. بَعْضٍbaʿḍinanother
  16. إِلَّاillāexcept
  17. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  18. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  19. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand do
  20. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātirighteous deeds
  21. وَقَلِيلٌۭwaqalīlunand few
  22. مَّاmā(are) they
  23. هُمْ ۗhum(are) they
  24. وَظَنَّwaẓannaAnd became certain
  25. دَاوُۥدُdāwūduDawood
  26. أَنَّمَاannamāthat
  27. فَتَنَّـٰهُfatannāhuWe (had) tried him
  28. فَٱسْتَغْفَرَfa-is'taghfaraand he asked forgiveness
  29. رَبَّهُۥrabbahu(of) his Lord
  30. وَخَرَّwakharraand fell down
  31. رَاكِعًۭاrākiʿanbowing
  32. وَأَنَابَ ۩wa-anābaand turned in repentance

Verse 25

فَغَفَرْنَا لَهُۥ ذَٰلِكَ ۖ وَإِنَّ لَهُۥ عِندَنَا لَزُلْفَىٰ وَحُسْنَ مَـَٔابٍ

Transliteration faghafarnā lahu dhālika wa-inna lahu ʿindanā lazul'fā waḥus'na maābin

English So We forgave him that; and indeed, for him is nearness to Us and a good place of return.

  1. فَغَفَرْنَاfaghafarnāSo We forgave
  2. لَهُۥlahufor him
  3. ذَٰلِكَ ۖdhālikathat
  4. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  5. لَهُۥlahufor him
  6. عِندَنَاʿindanāwith Us
  7. لَزُلْفَىٰlazul'fāsurely is a near access
  8. وَحُسْنَwaḥus'naand a good
  9. مَـَٔابٍۢmaābinplace of return

Verse 26

يَـٰدَاوُۥدُ إِنَّا جَعَلْنَـٰكَ خَلِيفَةً فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَٱحْكُم بَيْنَ ٱلنَّاسِ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَلَا تَتَّبِعِ ٱلْهَوَىٰ فَيُضِلَّكَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَضِلُّونَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ شَدِيدٌۢ بِمَا نَسُوا۟ يَوْمَ ٱلْحِسَابِ

Transliteration yādāwūdu innā jaʿalnāka khalīfatan fī l-arḍi fa-uḥ'kum bayna l-nāsi bil-ḥaqi walā tattabiʿi l-hawā fayuḍillaka ʿan sabīli l-lahi inna alladhīna yaḍillūna ʿan sabīli l-lahi lahum ʿadhābun shadīdun bimā nasū yawma l-ḥisābi

English [We said], "O David, indeed We have made you a successor upon the earth, so judge between the people in truth and do not follow [your own] desire, as it will lead you astray from the way of Allāh." Indeed, those who go astray from the way of Allāh will have a severe punishment for having forgotten the Day of Account.

  1. يَـٰدَاوُۥدُyādāwūduO Dawood
  2. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  3. جَعَلْنَـٰكَjaʿalnāka[We] have made you
  4. خَلِيفَةًۭkhalīfatana vicegerent
  5. فِىfīin
  6. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  7. فَٱحْكُمfa-uḥ'kumso judge
  8. بَيْنَbaynabetween
  9. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsi[the] men
  10. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiin truth
  11. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  12. تَتَّبِعِtattabiʿifollow
  13. ٱلْهَوَىٰl-hawāthe desire
  14. فَيُضِلَّكَfayuḍillakafor it will lead you astray
  15. عَنʿanfrom
  16. سَبِيلِsabīli(the) way
  17. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahi(of) Allah
  18. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  19. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  20. يَضِلُّونَyaḍillūnago astray
  21. عَنʿanfrom
  22. سَبِيلِsabīli(the) way
  23. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  24. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  25. عَذَابٌۭʿadhābun(is) a punishment
  26. شَدِيدٌۢshadīdunsevere
  27. بِمَاbimābecause
  28. نَسُوا۟nasūthey forgot
  29. يَوْمَyawma(the) Day
  30. ٱلْحِسَابِl-ḥisābi(of) Account

Verse 27

وَمَا خَلَقْنَا ٱلسَّمَآءَ وَٱلْأَرْضَ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا بَـٰطِلًا ۚ ذَٰلِكَ ظَنُّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ ۚ فَوَيْلٌ لِّلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلنَّارِ

Transliteration wamā khalaqnā l-samāa wal-arḍa wamā baynahumā bāṭilan dhālika ẓannu alladhīna kafarū fawaylun lilladhīna kafarū mina l-nāri

English And We did not create the heaven and the earth and that between them aimlessly. That is the assumption of those who disbelieve, so woe to those who disbelieve from the Fire.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. خَلَقْنَاkhalaqnāWe created
  3. ٱلسَّمَآءَl-samāathe heaven
  4. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  5. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  6. بَيْنَهُمَاbaynahumā(is) between them
  7. بَـٰطِلًۭا ۚbāṭilanwithout purpose
  8. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  9. ظَنُّẓannu(is the) assumption
  10. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
  11. كَفَرُوا۟ ۚkafarūdisbelieve
  12. فَوَيْلٌۭfawaylunSo woe
  13. لِّلَّذِينَlilladhīnato those
  14. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūwho disbelieve
  15. مِنَminafrom
  16. ٱلنَّارِl-nārithe Fire

Verse 28

أَمْ نَجْعَلُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ كَٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ أَمْ نَجْعَلُ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ كَٱلْفُجَّارِ

Transliteration am najʿalu alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti kal-muf'sidīna fī l-arḍi am najʿalu l-mutaqīna kal-fujāri

English Or should We treat those who believe and do righteous deeds like corrupters in the land? Or should We treat those who fear Allāh like the wicked?

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. نَجْعَلُnajʿalushould We treat
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  5. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand do
  6. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātirighteous deeds
  7. كَٱلْمُفْسِدِينَkal-muf'sidīnalike those who spread corruption
  8. فِىfīin
  9. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  10. أَمْamOr
  11. نَجْعَلُnajʿalushould We treat
  12. ٱلْمُتَّقِينَl-mutaqīnathe pious
  13. كَٱلْفُجَّارِkal-fujārilike the wicked

Verse 29

كِتَـٰبٌ أَنزَلْنَـٰهُ إِلَيْكَ مُبَـٰرَكٌ لِّيَدَّبَّرُوٓا۟ ءَايَـٰتِهِۦ وَلِيَتَذَكَّرَ أُو۟لُوا۟ ٱلْأَلْبَـٰبِ

Transliteration kitābun anzalnāhu ilayka mubārakun liyaddabbarū āyātihi waliyatadhakkara ulū l-albābi

English [This is] a blessed Book which We have revealed to you, [O Muḥammad], that they might reflect upon its verses and that those of understanding would be reminded.

  1. كِتَـٰبٌkitābun(This is) a Book
  2. أَنزَلْنَـٰهُanzalnāhuWe have revealed it
  3. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  4. مُبَـٰرَكٌۭmubārakunblessed
  5. لِّيَدَّبَّرُوٓا۟liyaddabbarūthat they may ponder
  6. ءَايَـٰتِهِۦāyātihi(over) its Verses
  7. وَلِيَتَذَكَّرَwaliyatadhakkaraand may be reminded
  8. أُو۟لُوا۟ulūthose of understanding
  9. ٱلْأَلْبَـٰبِl-albābithose of understanding

Verse 30

وَوَهَبْنَا لِدَاوُۥدَ سُلَيْمَـٰنَ ۚ نِعْمَ ٱلْعَبْدُ ۖ إِنَّهُۥٓ أَوَّابٌ

Transliteration wawahabnā lidāwūda sulaymāna niʿ'ma l-ʿabdu innahu awwābun

English And to David We gave Solomon. An excellent servant, indeed he was one repeatedly turning back [to Allāh].

  1. وَوَهَبْنَاwawahabnāAnd We gave
  2. لِدَاوُۥدَlidāwūdato Dawood
  3. سُلَيْمَـٰنَ ۚsulaymānaSulaiman
  4. نِعْمَniʿ'maan excellent
  5. ٱلْعَبْدُ ۖl-ʿabduslave
  6. إِنَّهُۥٓinnahuIndeed, he
  7. أَوَّابٌawwābun(was) one who repeatedly turned

Verse 31

إِذْ عُرِضَ عَلَيْهِ بِٱلْعَشِىِّ ٱلصَّـٰفِنَـٰتُ ٱلْجِيَادُ

Transliteration idh ʿuriḍa ʿalayhi bil-ʿashiyi l-ṣāfinātu l-jiyādu

English [Mention] when there were exhibited before him in the afternoon the poised [standing] racehorses.

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. عُرِضَʿuriḍawere displayed
  3. عَلَيْهِʿalayhito him
  4. بِٱلْعَشِىِّbil-ʿashiyiin the afternoon
  5. ٱلصَّـٰفِنَـٰتُl-ṣāfinātuexcellent bred steeds
  6. ٱلْجِيَادُl-jiyāduexcellent bred steeds

Verse 32

فَقَالَ إِنِّىٓ أَحْبَبْتُ حُبَّ ٱلْخَيْرِ عَن ذِكْرِ رَبِّى حَتَّىٰ تَوَارَتْ بِٱلْحِجَابِ

Transliteration faqāla innī aḥbabtu ḥubba l-khayri ʿan dhik'ri rabbī ḥattā tawārat bil-ḥijābi

English And he said, "Indeed, I gave preference to the love of good [things] over the remembrance of my Lord until it [i.e., the sun] disappeared into the curtain [of darkness]."

  1. فَقَالَfaqālaAnd he said
  2. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  3. أَحْبَبْتُaḥbabtu[I] preferred
  4. حُبَّḥubba(the) love
  5. ٱلْخَيْرِl-khayri(of) the good
  6. عَنʿanover
  7. ذِكْرِdhik'ri(the) remembrance
  8. رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
  9. حَتَّىٰḥattāUntil
  10. تَوَارَتْtawāratthey were hidden
  11. بِٱلْحِجَابِbil-ḥijābiin the veil

Verse 33

رُدُّوهَا عَلَىَّ ۖ فَطَفِقَ مَسْحًۢا بِٱلسُّوقِ وَٱلْأَعْنَاقِ

Transliteration ruddūhā ʿalayya faṭafiqa masḥan bil-sūqi wal-aʿnāqi

English [He said], "Return them to me," and set about striking [their] legs and necks.

  1. رُدُّوهَاruddūhāReturn them
  2. عَلَىَّ ۖʿalayyato me
  3. فَطَفِقَfaṭafiqaThen he began
  4. مَسْحًۢاmasḥan(to) pass (his hand)
  5. بِٱلسُّوقِbil-sūqiover the legs
  6. وَٱلْأَعْنَاقِwal-aʿnāqiand the necks

Verse 34

وَلَقَدْ فَتَنَّا سُلَيْمَـٰنَ وَأَلْقَيْنَا عَلَىٰ كُرْسِيِّهِۦ جَسَدًا ثُمَّ أَنَابَ

Transliteration walaqad fatannā sulaymāna wa-alqaynā ʿalā kur'siyyihi jasadan thumma anāba

English And We certainly tried Solomon and placed on his throne a body; then he returned.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. فَتَنَّاfatannāWe tried
  3. سُلَيْمَـٰنَsulaymānaSulaiman
  4. وَأَلْقَيْنَاwa-alqaynāand We placed
  5. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  6. كُرْسِيِّهِۦkur'siyyihihis throne
  7. جَسَدًۭاjasadana body
  8. ثُمَّthummathen
  9. أَنَابَanābahe turned

Verse 35

قَالَ رَبِّ ٱغْفِرْ لِى وَهَبْ لِى مُلْكًا لَّا يَنۢبَغِى لِأَحَدٍ مِّنۢ بَعْدِىٓ ۖ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ ٱلْوَهَّابُ

Transliteration qāla rabbi igh'fir lī wahab lī mul'kan lā yanbaghī li-aḥadin min baʿdī innaka anta l-wahābu

English He said, "My Lord, forgive me and grant me a kingdom such as will not belong to anyone after me. Indeed, You are the Bestower."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّrabbiO my Lord
  3. ٱغْفِرْigh'firForgive
  4. لِىlīme
  5. وَهَبْwahaband grant
  6. لِىlīme
  7. مُلْكًۭاmul'kana kingdom
  8. لَّاlānot
  9. يَنۢبَغِىyanbaghī(will) belong
  10. لِأَحَدٍۢli-aḥadinto anyone
  11. مِّنۢminafter me
  12. بَعْدِىٓ ۖbaʿdīafter me
  13. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed, You
  14. أَنتَanta[You]
  15. ٱلْوَهَّابُl-wahābu(are) the Bestower

Verse 36

فَسَخَّرْنَا لَهُ ٱلرِّيحَ تَجْرِى بِأَمْرِهِۦ رُخَآءً حَيْثُ أَصَابَ

Transliteration fasakharnā lahu l-rīḥa tajrī bi-amrihi rukhāan ḥaythu aṣāba

English So We subjected to him the wind blowing by his command, gently, wherever he directed,

  1. فَسَخَّرْنَاfasakharnāThen We subjected
  2. لَهُlahuto him
  3. ٱلرِّيحَl-rīḥathe wind
  4. تَجْرِىtajrīto flow
  5. بِأَمْرِهِۦbi-amrihiby his command
  6. رُخَآءًrukhāangently
  7. حَيْثُḥaythuwherever
  8. أَصَابَaṣābahe directed

Verse 37

وَٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَ كُلَّ بَنَّآءٍ وَغَوَّاصٍ

Transliteration wal-shayāṭīna kulla bannāin waghawwāṣin

English And [also] the devils [of jinn] - every builder and diver.

  1. وَٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَwal-shayāṭīnaAnd the devils
  2. كُلَّkullaevery
  3. بَنَّآءٍۢbannāinbuilder
  4. وَغَوَّاصٍۢwaghawwāṣinand diver

Verse 38

وَءَاخَرِينَ مُقَرَّنِينَ فِى ٱلْأَصْفَادِ

Transliteration waākharīna muqarranīna fī l-aṣfādi

English And others bound together in irons.

  1. وَءَاخَرِينَwaākharīnaAnd others
  2. مُقَرَّنِينَmuqarranīnabound
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْأَصْفَادِl-aṣfādichains

Verse 39

هَـٰذَا عَطَآؤُنَا فَٱمْنُنْ أَوْ أَمْسِكْ بِغَيْرِ حِسَابٍ

Transliteration hādhā ʿaṭāunā fa-um'nun aw amsik bighayri ḥisābin

English [We said], "This is Our gift, so grant or withhold without account."

  1. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  2. عَطَآؤُنَاʿaṭāunā(is) Our gift
  3. فَٱمْنُنْfa-um'nunso grant
  4. أَوْawor
  5. أَمْسِكْamsikwithhold
  6. بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
  7. حِسَابٍۢḥisābinaccount

Verse 40

وَإِنَّ لَهُۥ عِندَنَا لَزُلْفَىٰ وَحُسْنَ مَـَٔابٍ

Transliteration wa-inna lahu ʿindanā lazul'fā waḥus'na maābin

English And indeed, for him is nearness to Us and a good place of return.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. لَهُۥlahufor him
  3. عِندَنَاʿindanāwith Us
  4. لَزُلْفَىٰlazul'fāsurely is a near access
  5. وَحُسْنَwaḥus'naand a good
  6. مَـَٔابٍۢmaābinplace of return

Verse 41

وَٱذْكُرْ عَبْدَنَآ أَيُّوبَ إِذْ نَادَىٰ رَبَّهُۥٓ أَنِّى مَسَّنِىَ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ بِنُصْبٍ وَعَذَابٍ

Transliteration wa-udh'kur ʿabdanā ayyūba idh nādā rabbahu annī massaniya l-shayṭānu binuṣ'bin waʿadhābin

English And remember Our servant Job, when he called to his Lord, "Indeed, Satan has touched me with hardship and torment."

  1. وَٱذْكُرْwa-udh'kurAnd remember
  2. عَبْدَنَآʿabdanāOur slave
  3. أَيُّوبَayyūbaAyyub
  4. إِذْidhwhen
  5. نَادَىٰnādāhe called
  6. رَبَّهُۥٓrabbahuhis Lord
  7. أَنِّىannīThat [I]
  8. مَسَّنِىَmassaniya(has) touched me
  9. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuShaitaan
  10. بِنُصْبٍۢbinuṣ'binwith distress
  11. وَعَذَابٍwaʿadhābinand suffering

Verse 42

ٱرْكُضْ بِرِجْلِكَ ۖ هَـٰذَا مُغْتَسَلٌۢ بَارِدٌ وَشَرَابٌ

Transliteration ur'kuḍ birij'lika hādhā mugh'tasalun bāridun washarābun

English [So he was told], "Strike [the ground] with your foot; this is a [spring for a] cool bath and drink."

  1. ٱرْكُضْur'kuḍStrike
  2. بِرِجْلِكَ ۖbirij'likawith your foot
  3. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  4. مُغْتَسَلٌۢmugh'tasalun(is a spring of) water to bathe
  5. بَارِدٌۭbāriduncool
  6. وَشَرَابٌۭwasharābunand a drink

Verse 43

وَوَهَبْنَا لَهُۥٓ أَهْلَهُۥ وَمِثْلَهُم مَّعَهُمْ رَحْمَةً مِّنَّا وَذِكْرَىٰ لِأُو۟لِى ٱلْأَلْبَـٰبِ

Transliteration wawahabnā lahu ahlahu wamith'lahum maʿahum raḥmatan minnā wadhik'rā li-ulī l-albābi

English And We granted him his family and a like [number] with them as mercy from Us and a reminder for those of understanding.

  1. وَوَهَبْنَاwawahabnāAnd We granted
  2. لَهُۥٓlahu[to] him
  3. أَهْلَهُۥahlahuhis family
  4. وَمِثْلَهُمwamith'lahumand a like of them
  5. مَّعَهُمْmaʿahumwith them
  6. رَحْمَةًۭraḥmatana Mercy
  7. مِّنَّاminnāfrom Us
  8. وَذِكْرَىٰwadhik'rāand a Reminder
  9. لِأُو۟لِىli-ulīfor those of understanding
  10. ٱلْأَلْبَـٰبِl-albābifor those of understanding

Verse 44

وَخُذْ بِيَدِكَ ضِغْثًا فَٱضْرِب بِّهِۦ وَلَا تَحْنَثْ ۗ إِنَّا وَجَدْنَـٰهُ صَابِرًا ۚ نِّعْمَ ٱلْعَبْدُ ۖ إِنَّهُۥٓ أَوَّابٌ

Transliteration wakhudh biyadika ḍigh'than fa-iḍ'rib bihi walā taḥnath innā wajadnāhu ṣābiran niʿ'ma l-ʿabdu innahu awwābun

English [We said], "And take in your hand a bunch [of grass] and strike with it and do not break your oath." Indeed, We found him patient, an excellent servant. Indeed, he was one repeatedly turning back [to Allāh].

  1. وَخُذْwakhudhAnd take
  2. بِيَدِكَbiyadikain your hand
  3. ضِغْثًۭاḍigh'thana bunch
  4. فَٱضْرِبfa-iḍ'riband strike
  5. بِّهِۦbihiwith it
  6. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  7. تَحْنَثْ ۗtaḥnathbreak (your) oath
  8. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  9. وَجَدْنَـٰهُwajadnāhu[We] found him
  10. صَابِرًۭا ۚṣābiranpatient
  11. نِّعْمَniʿ'maan excellent
  12. ٱلْعَبْدُ ۖl-ʿabduslave
  13. إِنَّهُۥٓinnahuIndeed, he
  14. أَوَّابٌۭawwābunrepeatedly turned

Verse 45

وَٱذْكُرْ عِبَـٰدَنَآ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَإِسْحَـٰقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ أُو۟لِى ٱلْأَيْدِى وَٱلْأَبْصَـٰرِ

Transliteration wa-udh'kur ʿibādanā ib'rāhīma wa-is'ḥāqa wayaʿqūba ulī l-aydī wal-abṣāri

English And remember Our servants, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob - those of strength and [religious] vision.

  1. وَٱذْكُرْwa-udh'kurAnd remember
  2. عِبَـٰدَنَآʿibādanāOur slaves
  3. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīmaIbrahim
  4. وَإِسْحَـٰقَwa-is'ḥāqaand Isaac
  5. وَيَعْقُوبَwayaʿqūbaand Ayyub
  6. أُو۟لِىulīpossessors
  7. ٱلْأَيْدِىl-aydī(of) strength
  8. وَٱلْأَبْصَـٰرِwal-abṣāriand vision

Verse 46

إِنَّآ أَخْلَصْنَـٰهُم بِخَالِصَةٍ ذِكْرَى ٱلدَّارِ

Transliteration innā akhlaṣnāhum bikhāliṣatin dhik'rā l-dāri

English Indeed, We chose them for an exclusive quality: remembrance of the home [of the Hereafter].

  1. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, We
  2. أَخْلَصْنَـٰهُمakhlaṣnāhum[We] chose them
  3. بِخَالِصَةٍۢbikhāliṣatinfor an exclusive (quality)
  4. ذِكْرَىdhik'rāremembrance
  5. ٱلدَّارِl-dāri(of) the Home

Verse 47

وَإِنَّهُمْ عِندَنَا لَمِنَ ٱلْمُصْطَفَيْنَ ٱلْأَخْيَارِ

Transliteration wa-innahum ʿindanā lamina l-muṣ'ṭafayna l-akhyāri

English And indeed they are, to Us, among the chosen and outstanding.

  1. وَإِنَّهُمْwa-innahumAnd indeed, they
  2. عِندَنَاʿindanāto Us
  3. لَمِنَlamina(are) from
  4. ٱلْمُصْطَفَيْنَl-muṣ'ṭafaynathe chosen ones
  5. ٱلْأَخْيَارِl-akhyārithe best

Verse 48

وَٱذْكُرْ إِسْمَـٰعِيلَ وَٱلْيَسَعَ وَذَا ٱلْكِفْلِ ۖ وَكُلٌّ مِّنَ ٱلْأَخْيَارِ

Transliteration wa-udh'kur is'māʿīla wal-yasaʿa wadhā l-kif'li wakullun mina l-akhyāri

English And remember Ishmael, Elisha and Dhul-Kifl, and all are among the outstanding.

  1. وَٱذْكُرْwa-udh'kurAnd remember
  2. إِسْمَـٰعِيلَis'māʿīlaIshmael
  3. وَٱلْيَسَعَwal-yasaʿaand Elisha
  4. وَذَاwadhāand Dhul-kifl
  5. ٱلْكِفْلِ ۖl-kif'liand Dhul-kifl
  6. وَكُلٌّۭwakullunand all
  7. مِّنَmina(are) from
  8. ٱلْأَخْيَارِl-akhyārithe best

Verse 49

هَـٰذَا ذِكْرٌ ۚ وَإِنَّ لِلْمُتَّقِينَ لَحُسْنَ مَـَٔابٍ

Transliteration hādhā dhik'run wa-inna lil'muttaqīna laḥus'na maābin

English This is a reminder. And indeed, for the righteous is a good place of return -

  1. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  2. ذِكْرٌۭ ۚdhik'run(is) a Reminder
  3. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  4. لِلْمُتَّقِينَlil'muttaqīnafor the righteous
  5. لَحُسْنَlaḥus'nasurely, is a good
  6. مَـَٔابٍۢmaābinplace of return

Verse 50

جَنَّـٰتِ عَدْنٍ مُّفَتَّحَةً لَّهُمُ ٱلْأَبْوَٰبُ

Transliteration jannāti ʿadnin mufattaḥatan lahumu l-abwābu

English Gardens of perpetual residence, whose doors will be opened to them.

  1. جَنَّـٰتِjannātiGardens
  2. عَدْنٍۢʿadnin(of) Eternity
  3. مُّفَتَّحَةًۭmufattaḥatan(will be) opened
  4. لَّهُمُlahumufor them
  5. ٱلْأَبْوَٰبُl-abwābuthe gates

Verse 51

مُتَّكِـِٔينَ فِيهَا يَدْعُونَ فِيهَا بِفَـٰكِهَةٍ كَثِيرَةٍ وَشَرَابٍ

Transliteration muttakiīna fīhā yadʿūna fīhā bifākihatin kathīratin washarābin

English Reclining within them, they will call therein for abundant fruit and drink.

  1. مُتَّكِـِٔينَmuttakiīnaReclining
  2. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  3. يَدْعُونَyadʿūnathey will call
  4. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  5. بِفَـٰكِهَةٍۢbifākihatinfor fruit
  6. كَثِيرَةٍۢkathīratinmany
  7. وَشَرَابٍۢwasharābinand drink

Verse 52

۞ وَعِندَهُمْ قَـٰصِرَٰتُ ٱلطَّرْفِ أَتْرَابٌ

Transliteration waʿindahum qāṣirātu l-ṭarfi atrābun

English And with them will be women limiting [their] glances and of equal age.

  1. ۞ وَعِندَهُمْwaʿindahumAnd with them
  2. قَـٰصِرَٰتُqāṣirātu(will be) companions of modest gaze
  3. ٱلطَّرْفِl-ṭarfi(will be) companions of modest gaze
  4. أَتْرَابٌatrābunwell-matched

Verse 53

هَـٰذَا مَا تُوعَدُونَ لِيَوْمِ ٱلْحِسَابِ

Transliteration hādhā mā tūʿadūna liyawmi l-ḥisābi

English This is what you, [the righteous], are promised for the Day of Account.

  1. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  2. مَاmā(is) what
  3. تُوعَدُونَtūʿadūnayou are promised
  4. لِيَوْمِliyawmifor (the) Day
  5. ٱلْحِسَابِl-ḥisābi(of) Account

Verse 54

إِنَّ هَـٰذَا لَرِزْقُنَا مَا لَهُۥ مِن نَّفَادٍ

Transliteration inna hādhā lariz'qunā mā lahu min nafādin

English Indeed, this is Our provision; for it there is no depletion.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  3. لَرِزْقُنَاlariz'qunā(is) surely Our provision
  4. مَاmānot
  5. لَهُۥlahufor it
  6. مِنminany
  7. نَّفَادٍnafādindepletion

Verse 55

هَـٰذَا ۚ وَإِنَّ لِلطَّـٰغِينَ لَشَرَّ مَـَٔابٍ

Transliteration hādhā wa-inna lilṭṭāghīna lasharra maābin

English This [is so]. But indeed, for the transgressors is an evil place of return -

  1. هَـٰذَا ۚhādhāThis (is so)
  2. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  3. لِلطَّـٰغِينَlilṭṭāghīnafor the transgressors
  4. لَشَرَّlasharrasurely (is) an evil
  5. مَـَٔابٍۢmaābinplace of return

Verse 56

جَهَنَّمَ يَصْلَوْنَهَا فَبِئْسَ ٱلْمِهَادُ

Transliteration jahannama yaṣlawnahā fabi'sa l-mihādu

English Hell, which they will [enter to] burn, and wretched is the resting place.

  1. جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
  2. يَصْلَوْنَهَاyaṣlawnahāthey will burn therein
  3. فَبِئْسَfabi'saand wretched (is)
  4. ٱلْمِهَادُl-mihāduthe resting place

Verse 57

هَـٰذَا فَلْيَذُوقُوهُ حَمِيمٌ وَغَسَّاقٌ

Transliteration hādhā falyadhūqūhu ḥamīmun waghassāqun

English This - so let them taste it - is scalding water and [foul] purulence.

  1. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis (is so)
  2. فَلْيَذُوقُوهُfalyadhūqūhuThen let them taste it
  3. حَمِيمٌۭḥamīmunboiling fluid
  4. وَغَسَّاقٌۭwaghassāqunand purulence

Verse 58

وَءَاخَرُ مِن شَكْلِهِۦٓ أَزْوَٰجٌ

Transliteration waākharu min shaklihi azwājun

English And other [punishments] of its type [in various] kinds.

  1. وَءَاخَرُwaākharuAnd other
  2. مِنminof
  3. شَكْلِهِۦٓshaklihiits type
  4. أَزْوَٰجٌazwājun(of various) kinds

Verse 59

هَـٰذَا فَوْجٌ مُّقْتَحِمٌ مَّعَكُمْ ۖ لَا مَرْحَبًۢا بِهِمْ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ صَالُوا۟ ٱلنَّارِ

Transliteration hādhā fawjun muq'taḥimun maʿakum lā marḥaban bihim innahum ṣālū l-nāri

English [Its inhabitants will say], "This is a company bursting in with you. No welcome for them. Indeed, they will burn in the Fire."

  1. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  2. فَوْجٌۭfawjun(is) a company
  3. مُّقْتَحِمٌۭmuq'taḥimunbursting
  4. مَّعَكُمْ ۖmaʿakum(in) with you
  5. لَاlāNo
  6. مَرْحَبًۢاmarḥabanwelcome
  7. بِهِمْ ۚbihimfor them
  8. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they
  9. صَالُوا۟ṣālū(will) burn
  10. ٱلنَّارِl-nāri(in) the Fire

Verse 60

قَالُوا۟ بَلْ أَنتُمْ لَا مَرْحَبًۢا بِكُمْ ۖ أَنتُمْ قَدَّمْتُمُوهُ لَنَا ۖ فَبِئْسَ ٱلْقَرَارُ

Transliteration qālū bal antum lā marḥaban bikum antum qaddamtumūhu lanā fabi'sa l-qarāru

English They will say, "Nor you! No welcome for you. You, [our leaders], brought this upon us, and wretched is the settlement."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey say
  2. بَلْbalNay
  3. أَنتُمْantumYou
  4. لَاlāno
  5. مَرْحَبًۢاmarḥabanwelcome
  6. بِكُمْ ۖbikumfor you
  7. أَنتُمْantumYou
  8. قَدَّمْتُمُوهُqaddamtumūhubrought this
  9. لَنَا ۖlanāupon us
  10. فَبِئْسَfabi'saSo wretched (is)
  11. ٱلْقَرَارُl-qarāruthe settlement

Verse 61

قَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَا مَن قَدَّمَ لَنَا هَـٰذَا فَزِدْهُ عَذَابًا ضِعْفًا فِى ٱلنَّارِ

Transliteration qālū rabbanā man qaddama lanā hādhā fazid'hu ʿadhāban ḍiʿ'fan fī l-nāri

English They will say, "Our Lord, whoever brought this upon us - increase for him double punishment in the Fire."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey will say
  2. رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
  3. مَنmanwhoever
  4. قَدَّمَqaddamabrought
  5. لَنَاlanāupon us
  6. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  7. فَزِدْهُfazid'huincrease for him
  8. عَذَابًۭاʿadhābana punishment
  9. ضِعْفًۭاḍiʿ'fandouble
  10. فِىfīin
  11. ٱلنَّارِl-nārithe Fire

Verse 62

وَقَالُوا۟ مَا لَنَا لَا نَرَىٰ رِجَالًا كُنَّا نَعُدُّهُم مِّنَ ٱلْأَشْرَارِ

Transliteration waqālū mā lanā lā narā rijālan kunnā naʿudduhum mina l-ashrāri

English And they will say, "Why do we not see men whom we used to count among the worst?

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they (will) say
  2. مَاmāWhat (is)
  3. لَنَاlanāfor us
  4. لَاlānot
  5. نَرَىٰnarāwe see
  6. رِجَالًۭاrijālanmen
  7. كُنَّاkunnāwe used to
  8. نَعُدُّهُمnaʿudduhumcount them
  9. مِّنَminaamong
  10. ٱلْأَشْرَارِl-ashrārithe bad ones

Verse 63

أَتَّخَذْنَـٰهُمْ سِخْرِيًّا أَمْ زَاغَتْ عَنْهُمُ ٱلْأَبْصَـٰرُ

Transliteration attakhadhnāhum sikh'riyyan am zāghat ʿanhumu l-abṣāru

English Is it [because] we took them in ridicule, or has [our] vision turned away from them?"

  1. أَتَّخَذْنَـٰهُمْattakhadhnāhumDid we take them
  2. سِخْرِيًّاsikh'riyyan(in) ridicule
  3. أَمْamor
  4. زَاغَتْzāghathas turned away
  5. عَنْهُمُʿanhumufrom them
  6. ٱلْأَبْصَـٰرُl-abṣāruthe vision

Verse 64

إِنَّ ذَٰلِكَ لَحَقٌّ تَخَاصُمُ أَهْلِ ٱلنَّارِ

Transliteration inna dhālika laḥaqqun takhāṣumu ahli l-nāri

English Indeed, that is truth [i.e., reality] - the quarreling of the people of the Fire.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  3. لَحَقٌّۭlaḥaqqun(is) surely (the) truth
  4. تَخَاصُمُtakhāṣumu(the) quarreling
  5. أَهْلِahli(of the) people
  6. ٱلنَّارِl-nāri(of) the Fire

Verse 65

قُلْ إِنَّمَآ أَنَا۠ مُنذِرٌ ۖ وَمَا مِنْ إِلَـٰهٍ إِلَّا ٱللَّهُ ٱلْوَٰحِدُ ٱلْقَهَّارُ

Transliteration qul innamā anā mundhirun wamā min ilāhin illā l-lahu l-wāḥidu l-qahāru

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "I am only a warner, and there is not any deity except Allāh, the One, the Prevailing,

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
  3. أَنَا۠anāI am
  4. مُنذِرٌۭ ۖmundhiruna warner
  5. وَمَاwamāand not
  6. مِنْmin(is there) any
  7. إِلَـٰهٍilāhingod
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  10. ٱلْوَٰحِدُl-wāḥiduthe One
  11. ٱلْقَهَّارُl-qahāruthe Irresistible

Verse 66

رَبُّ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْغَفَّـٰرُ

Transliteration rabbu l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wamā baynahumā l-ʿazīzu l-ghafāru

English Lord of the heavens and the earth and whatever is between them, the Exalted in Might, the Perpetual Forgiver."

  1. رَبُّrabbuLord
  2. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  3. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  4. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  5. بَيْنَهُمَاbaynahumā(is) between them
  6. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzuthe All-Mighty
  7. ٱلْغَفَّـٰرُl-ghafāruthe Oft-Forgiving

Verse 67

قُلْ هُوَ نَبَؤٌا۟ عَظِيمٌ

Transliteration qul huwa naba-on ʿaẓīmun

English Say, "It is great news

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. هُوَhuwaIt (is)
  3. نَبَؤٌا۟naba-ona news
  4. عَظِيمٌʿaẓīmungreat

Verse 68

أَنتُمْ عَنْهُ مُعْرِضُونَ

Transliteration antum ʿanhu muʿ'riḍūna

English From which you turn away.

  1. أَنتُمْantumYou
  2. عَنْهُʿanhufrom it
  3. مُعْرِضُونَmuʿ'riḍūnaturn away

Verse 69

مَا كَانَ لِىَ مِنْ عِلْمٍۭ بِٱلْمَلَإِ ٱلْأَعْلَىٰٓ إِذْ يَخْتَصِمُونَ

Transliteration mā kāna liya min ʿil'min bil-mala-i l-aʿlā idh yakhtaṣimūna

English I had no knowledge of the exalted assembly [of angels] when they were disputing [the creation of Adam].

  1. مَاmāNot
  2. كَانَkānais
  3. لِىَliyafor me
  4. مِنْminany
  5. عِلْمٍۭʿil'minknowledge
  6. بِٱلْمَلَإِbil-mala-i(of) the chiefs
  7. ٱلْأَعْلَىٰٓl-aʿlāthe exalted
  8. إِذْidhwhen
  9. يَخْتَصِمُونَyakhtaṣimūnathey were disputing

Verse 70

إِن يُوحَىٰٓ إِلَىَّ إِلَّآ أَنَّمَآ أَنَا۠ نَذِيرٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration in yūḥā ilayya illā annamā anā nadhīrun mubīnun

English It has not been revealed to me except that I am a clear warner."

  1. إِنinNot
  2. يُوحَىٰٓyūḥāhas been revealed
  3. إِلَىَّilayyato me
  4. إِلَّآillāexcept
  5. أَنَّمَآannamāthat only
  6. أَنَا۠anāI am
  7. نَذِيرٌۭnadhīruna warner
  8. مُّبِينٌmubīnunclear

Verse 71

إِذْ قَالَ رَبُّكَ لِلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِ إِنِّى خَـٰلِقٌۢ بَشَرًا مِّن طِينٍ

Transliteration idh qāla rabbuka lil'malāikati innī khāliqun basharan min ṭīnin

English [So mention] when your Lord said to the angels, "Indeed, I am going to create a human being from clay.

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالَqālasaid
  3. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  4. لِلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِlil'malāikatito the Angels
  5. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I Am
  6. خَـٰلِقٌۢkhāliqungoing to create
  7. بَشَرًۭاbasharana human being
  8. مِّنminfrom
  9. طِينٍۢṭīninclay

Verse 72

فَإِذَا سَوَّيْتُهُۥ وَنَفَخْتُ فِيهِ مِن رُّوحِى فَقَعُوا۟ لَهُۥ سَـٰجِدِينَ

Transliteration fa-idhā sawwaytuhu wanafakhtu fīhi min rūḥī faqaʿū lahu sājidīna

English So when I have proportioned him and breathed into him of My [created] soul, then fall down to him in prostration."

  1. فَإِذَاfa-idhāSo when
  2. سَوَّيْتُهُۥsawwaytuhuI have proportioned him
  3. وَنَفَخْتُwanafakhtuand breathed
  4. فِيهِfīhiinto him
  5. مِنminof
  6. رُّوحِىrūḥīMy spirit
  7. فَقَعُوا۟faqaʿūthen fall down
  8. لَهُۥlahuto him
  9. سَـٰجِدِينَsājidīnaprostrating

Verse 73

فَسَجَدَ ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُ كُلُّهُمْ أَجْمَعُونَ

Transliteration fasajada l-malāikatu kulluhum ajmaʿūna

English So the angels prostrated - all of them entirely,

  1. فَسَجَدَfasajadaSo prostrated
  2. ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُl-malāikatuthe Angels
  3. كُلُّهُمْkulluhumall of them
  4. أَجْمَعُونَajmaʿūnatogether

Verse 74

إِلَّآ إِبْلِيسَ ٱسْتَكْبَرَ وَكَانَ مِنَ ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration illā ib'līsa is'takbara wakāna mina l-kāfirīna

English Except Iblees; he was arrogant and became among the disbelievers.

  1. إِلَّآillāExcept
  2. إِبْلِيسَib'līsaIblis
  3. ٱسْتَكْبَرَis'takbarahe was arrogant
  4. وَكَانَwakānaand became
  5. مِنَminaof
  6. ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīnathe disbelievers

Verse 75

قَالَ يَـٰٓإِبْلِيسُ مَا مَنَعَكَ أَن تَسْجُدَ لِمَا خَلَقْتُ بِيَدَىَّ ۖ أَسْتَكْبَرْتَ أَمْ كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلْعَالِينَ

Transliteration qāla yāib'līsu mā manaʿaka an tasjuda limā khalaqtu biyadayya astakbarta am kunta mina l-ʿālīna

English [Allāh] said, "O Iblees, what prevented you from prostrating to that which I created with My hands? Were you arrogant [then], or were you [already] among the haughty?"

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَـٰٓإِبْلِيسُyāib'līsuO Iblis
  3. مَاmāWhat
  4. مَنَعَكَmanaʿakaprevented you
  5. أَنanthat
  6. تَسْجُدَtasjudayou (should) prostrate
  7. لِمَاlimāto (one) whom
  8. خَلَقْتُkhalaqtuI created
  9. بِيَدَىَّ ۖbiyadayyawith My Hands
  10. أَسْتَكْبَرْتَastakbartaAre you arrogant
  11. أَمْamor
  12. كُنتَkuntaare you
  13. مِنَminaof
  14. ٱلْعَالِينَl-ʿālīnathe exalted ones

Verse 76

قَالَ أَنَا۠ خَيْرٌ مِّنْهُ ۖ خَلَقْتَنِى مِن نَّارٍ وَخَلَقْتَهُۥ مِن طِينٍ

Transliteration qāla anā khayrun min'hu khalaqtanī min nārin wakhalaqtahu min ṭīnin

English He said, "I am better than him. You created me from fire and created him from clay."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَنَا۠anāI am
  3. خَيْرٌۭkhayrunbetter
  4. مِّنْهُ ۖmin'huthan him
  5. خَلَقْتَنِىkhalaqtanīYou created me
  6. مِنminfrom
  7. نَّارٍۢnārinfire
  8. وَخَلَقْتَهُۥwakhalaqtahuand You created him
  9. مِنminfrom
  10. طِينٍۢṭīninclay

Verse 77

قَالَ فَٱخْرُجْ مِنْهَا فَإِنَّكَ رَجِيمٌ

Transliteration qāla fa-ukh'ruj min'hā fa-innaka rajīmun

English [Allāh] said, "Then get out of it [i.e., Paradise], for indeed, you are expelled.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. فَٱخْرُجْfa-ukh'rujThen get out
  3. مِنْهَاmin'hāof it
  4. فَإِنَّكَfa-innakafor indeed, you
  5. رَجِيمٌۭrajīmun(are) accursed

Verse 78

وَإِنَّ عَلَيْكَ لَعْنَتِىٓ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلدِّينِ

Transliteration wa-inna ʿalayka laʿnatī ilā yawmi l-dīni

English And indeed, upon you is My curse until the Day of Recompense."

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. عَلَيْكَʿalaykaupon you
  3. لَعْنَتِىٓlaʿnatī(is) My curse
  4. إِلَىٰilāuntil
  5. يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
  6. ٱلدِّينِl-dīni(of) Judgment

Verse 79

قَالَ رَبِّ فَأَنظِرْنِىٓ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ يُبْعَثُونَ

Transliteration qāla rabbi fa-anẓir'nī ilā yawmi yub'ʿathūna

English He said, "My Lord, then reprieve me until the Day they are resurrected."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. فَأَنظِرْنِىٓfa-anẓir'nīThen give me respite
  4. إِلَىٰilāuntil
  5. يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
  6. يُبْعَثُونَyub'ʿathūnathey are resurrected

Verse 80

قَالَ فَإِنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلْمُنظَرِينَ

Transliteration qāla fa-innaka mina l-munẓarīna

English [Allāh] said, "So indeed, you are of those reprieved

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. فَإِنَّكَfa-innakaThen indeed, you
  3. مِنَmina(are) of
  4. ٱلْمُنظَرِينَl-munẓarīnathose given respite

Verse 81

إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْوَقْتِ ٱلْمَعْلُومِ

Transliteration ilā yawmi l-waqti l-maʿlūmi

English Until the Day of the time well-known."

  1. إِلَىٰilāUntil
  2. يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
  3. ٱلْوَقْتِl-waqti(of) the time
  4. ٱلْمَعْلُومِl-maʿlūmiwell-known

Verse 82

قَالَ فَبِعِزَّتِكَ لَأُغْوِيَنَّهُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ

Transliteration qāla fabiʿizzatika la-ugh'wiyannahum ajmaʿīna

English [Iblees] said, "By Your might, I will surely mislead them all.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. فَبِعِزَّتِكَfabiʿizzatikaThen by Your might
  3. لَأُغْوِيَنَّهُمْla-ugh'wiyannahumI will surely mislead them
  4. أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall

Verse 83

إِلَّا عِبَادَكَ مِنْهُمُ ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَ

Transliteration illā ʿibādaka min'humu l-mukh'laṣīna

English Except, among them, Your chosen servants."

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. عِبَادَكَʿibādakaYour slaves
  3. مِنْهُمُmin'humuamong them
  4. ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَl-mukh'laṣīnathe chosen ones

Verse 84

قَالَ فَٱلْحَقُّ وَٱلْحَقَّ أَقُولُ

Transliteration qāla fal-ḥaqu wal-ḥaqa aqūlu

English [Allāh] said, "The truth [is My oath], and the truth I say -

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. فَٱلْحَقُّfal-ḥaquThen (it is) the truth
  3. وَٱلْحَقَّwal-ḥaqaand the truth
  4. أَقُولُaqūluI say

Verse 85

لَأَمْلَأَنَّ جَهَنَّمَ مِنكَ وَمِمَّن تَبِعَكَ مِنْهُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ

Transliteration la-amla-anna jahannama minka wamimman tabiʿaka min'hum ajmaʿīna

English [That] I will surely fill Hell with you and those of them that follow you all together."

  1. لَأَمْلَأَنَّla-amla-annaSurely I will fill
  2. جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
  3. مِنكَminkawith you
  4. وَمِمَّنwamimmanand those who
  5. تَبِعَكَtabiʿakafollow you
  6. مِنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  7. أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall

Verse 86

قُلْ مَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ أَجْرٍ وَمَآ أَنَا۠ مِنَ ٱلْمُتَكَلِّفِينَ

Transliteration qul mā asalukum ʿalayhi min ajrin wamā anā mina l-mutakalifīna

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "I do not ask you for it [i.e., the Qur’ān] any payment, and I am not of the pretentious.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. مَآmāNot
  3. أَسْـَٔلُكُمْasalukumI ask of you
  4. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  5. مِنْminany
  6. أَجْرٍۢajrinpayment
  7. وَمَآwamāand not
  8. أَنَا۠anāI am
  9. مِنَminaof
  10. ٱلْمُتَكَلِّفِينَl-mutakalifīnathe ones who pretend

Verse 87

إِنْ هُوَ إِلَّا ذِكْرٌ لِّلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration in huwa illā dhik'run lil'ʿālamīna

English It is but a reminder to the worlds.

  1. إِنْinNot
  2. هُوَhuwait (is)
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. ذِكْرٌۭdhik'runa Reminder
  5. لِّلْعَـٰلَمِينَlil'ʿālamīnato the worlds

Verse 88

وَلَتَعْلَمُنَّ نَبَأَهُۥ بَعْدَ حِينٍۭ

Transliteration walataʿlamunna naba-ahu baʿda ḥīnin

English And you will surely know [the truth of] its information after a time."

  1. وَلَتَعْلَمُنَّwalataʿlamunnaAnd surely you will know
  2. نَبَأَهُۥnaba-ahuits information
  3. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  4. حِينٍۭḥīnina time

Surah Az-Zumar الزمر verses 1–31

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

تَنزِيلُ ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْعَزِيزِ ٱلْحَكِيمِ

Transliteration tanzīlu l-kitābi mina l-lahi l-ʿazīzi l-ḥakīmi

English The revelation of the Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] is from Allāh, the Exalted in Might, the Wise.

  1. تَنزِيلُtanzīlu(The) revelation
  2. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābi(of) the Book
  3. مِنَmina(is) from
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  5. ٱلْعَزِيزِl-ʿazīzithe All-Mighty
  6. ٱلْحَكِيمِl-ḥakīmithe All-Wise

Verse 2

إِنَّآ أَنزَلْنَآ إِلَيْكَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ بِٱلْحَقِّ فَٱعْبُدِ ٱللَّهَ مُخْلِصًا لَّهُ ٱلدِّينَ

Transliteration innā anzalnā ilayka l-kitāba bil-ḥaqi fa-uʿ'budi l-laha mukh'liṣan lahu l-dīna

English Indeed, We have sent down to you the Book, [O Muḥammad], in truth. So worship Allāh, [being] sincere to Him in religion.

  1. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, We
  2. أَنزَلْنَآanzalnā[We] have revealed
  3. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  4. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  5. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiin truth
  6. فَٱعْبُدِfa-uʿ'budiso worship
  7. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  8. مُخْلِصًۭاmukh'liṣan(being) sincere
  9. لَّهُlahuto Him
  10. ٱلدِّينَl-dīna(in) the religion

Verse 3

أَلَا لِلَّهِ ٱلدِّينُ ٱلْخَالِصُ ۚ وَٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ أَوْلِيَآءَ مَا نَعْبُدُهُمْ إِلَّا لِيُقَرِّبُونَآ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ زُلْفَىٰٓ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَحْكُمُ بَيْنَهُمْ فِى مَا هُمْ فِيهِ يَخْتَلِفُونَ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَهْدِى مَنْ هُوَ كَـٰذِبٌ كَفَّارٌ

Transliteration alā lillahi l-dīnu l-khāliṣu wa-alladhīna ittakhadhū min dūnihi awliyāa mā naʿbuduhum illā liyuqarribūnā ilā l-lahi zul'fā inna l-laha yaḥkumu baynahum fī mā hum fīhi yakhtalifūna inna l-laha lā yahdī man huwa kādhibun kaffārun

English Unquestionably, for Allāh is the pure religion. And those who take protectors besides Him [say], "We only worship them that they may bring us nearer to Allāh in position." Indeed, Allāh will judge between them concerning that over which they differ. Indeed, Allāh does not guide he who is a liar and [confirmed] disbeliever.

  1. أَلَاalāUnquestionably
  2. لِلَّهِlillahifor Allah
  3. ٱلدِّينُl-dīnu(is) the religion
  4. ٱلْخَالِصُ ۚl-khāliṣuthe pure
  5. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  6. ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ittakhadhūtake
  7. مِنminbesides Him
  8. دُونِهِۦٓdūnihibesides Him
  9. أَوْلِيَآءَawliyāaprotectors
  10. مَاmāNot
  11. نَعْبُدُهُمْnaʿbuduhumwe worship them
  12. إِلَّاillāexcept
  13. لِيُقَرِّبُونَآliyuqarribūnāthat they may bring us near
  14. إِلَىilāto
  15. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  16. زُلْفَىٰٓzul'fā(in) nearness
  17. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  18. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  19. يَحْكُمُyaḥkumuwill judge
  20. بَيْنَهُمْbaynahumbetween them
  21. فِىfīin
  22. مَاmāwhat
  23. هُمْhumthey
  24. فِيهِfīhi[in it]
  25. يَخْتَلِفُونَ ۗyakhtalifūnadiffer
  26. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  27. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  28. لَاlā(does) not
  29. يَهْدِىyahdīguide
  30. مَنْman(one) who
  31. هُوَhuwa[he]
  32. كَـٰذِبٌۭkādhibun(is) a liar
  33. كَفَّارٌۭkaffārunand a disbeliever

Verse 4

لَّوْ أَرَادَ ٱللَّهُ أَن يَتَّخِذَ وَلَدًا لَّٱصْطَفَىٰ مِمَّا يَخْلُقُ مَا يَشَآءُ ۚ سُبْحَـٰنَهُۥ ۖ هُوَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْوَٰحِدُ ٱلْقَهَّارُ

Transliteration law arāda l-lahu an yattakhidha waladan la-iṣ'ṭafā mimmā yakhluqu mā yashāu sub'ḥānahu huwa l-lahu l-wāḥidu l-qahāru

English If Allāh had intended to take a son, He could have chosen from what He creates whatever He willed. Exalted is He; He is Allāh, the One, the Prevailing.

  1. لَّوْlawIf
  2. أَرَادَarādaAllah (had) intended
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah (had) intended
  4. أَنanto
  5. يَتَّخِذَyattakhidhatake
  6. وَلَدًۭاwaladana son
  7. لَّٱصْطَفَىٰla-iṣ'ṭafāsurely, He (could) have chosen
  8. مِمَّاmimmāfrom what
  9. يَخْلُقُyakhluquHe creates
  10. مَاmāwhatever
  11. يَشَآءُ ۚyashāuHe willed
  12. سُبْحَـٰنَهُۥ ۖsub'ḥānahuGlory be to Him
  13. هُوَhuwaHe
  14. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
  15. ٱلْوَٰحِدُl-wāḥiduthe One
  16. ٱلْقَهَّارُl-qahāruthe Irresistible

Verse 5

خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ يُكَوِّرُ ٱلَّيْلَ عَلَى ٱلنَّهَارِ وَيُكَوِّرُ ٱلنَّهَارَ عَلَى ٱلَّيْلِ ۖ وَسَخَّرَ ٱلشَّمْسَ وَٱلْقَمَرَ ۖ كُلٌّ يَجْرِى لِأَجَلٍ مُّسَمًّى ۗ أَلَا هُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْغَفَّـٰرُ

Transliteration khalaqa l-samāwāti wal-arḍa bil-ḥaqi yukawwiru al-layla ʿalā l-nahāri wayukawwiru l-nahāra ʿalā al-layli wasakhara l-shamsa wal-qamara kullun yajrī li-ajalin musamman alā huwa l-ʿazīzu l-ghafāru

English He created the heavens and earth in truth. He wraps the night over the day and wraps the day over the night and has subjected the sun and the moon, each running [its course] for a specified term. Unquestionably, He is the Exalted in Might, the Perpetual Forgiver.

  1. خَلَقَkhalaqaHe created
  2. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  3. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  4. بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖbil-ḥaqiin [the] truth
  5. يُكَوِّرُyukawwiruHe wraps
  6. ٱلَّيْلَal-laylathe night
  7. عَلَىʿalāover
  8. ٱلنَّهَارِl-nahārithe day
  9. وَيُكَوِّرُwayukawwiruand wraps
  10. ٱلنَّهَارَl-nahārathe day
  11. عَلَىʿalāover
  12. ٱلَّيْلِ ۖal-laylithe night
  13. وَسَخَّرَwasakharaAnd He subjected
  14. ٱلشَّمْسَl-shamsathe sun
  15. وَٱلْقَمَرَ ۖwal-qamaraand the moon
  16. كُلٌّۭkulluneach
  17. يَجْرِىyajrīrunning
  18. لِأَجَلٍۢli-ajalinfor a term
  19. مُّسَمًّى ۗmusammanspecified
  20. أَلَاalāUnquestionably
  21. هُوَhuwaHe
  22. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzu(is) the All-Mighty
  23. ٱلْغَفَّـٰرُl-ghafāruthe Oft-Forgiving

Verse 6

خَلَقَكُم مِّن نَّفْسٍ وَٰحِدَةٍ ثُمَّ جَعَلَ مِنْهَا زَوْجَهَا وَأَنزَلَ لَكُم مِّنَ ٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِ ثَمَـٰنِيَةَ أَزْوَٰجٍ ۚ يَخْلُقُكُمْ فِى بُطُونِ أُمَّهَـٰتِكُمْ خَلْقًا مِّنۢ بَعْدِ خَلْقٍ فِى ظُلُمَـٰتٍ ثَلَـٰثٍ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمُ ٱللَّهُ رَبُّكُمْ لَهُ ٱلْمُلْكُ ۖ لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ فَأَنَّىٰ تُصْرَفُونَ

Transliteration khalaqakum min nafsin wāḥidatin thumma jaʿala min'hā zawjahā wa-anzala lakum mina l-anʿāmi thamāniyata azwājin yakhluqukum fī buṭūni ummahātikum khalqan min baʿdi khalqin fī ẓulumātin thalāthin dhālikumu l-lahu rabbukum lahu l-mul'ku lā ilāha illā huwa fa-annā tuṣ'rafūna

English He created you from one soul. Then He made from it its mate, and He produced for you from the grazing livestock eight mates. He creates you in the wombs of your mothers, creation after creation, within three darknesses. That is Allāh, your Lord; to Him belongs dominion. There is no deity except Him, so how are you averted?

  1. خَلَقَكُمkhalaqakumHe created you
  2. مِّنminfrom
  3. نَّفْسٍۢnafsina soul
  4. وَٰحِدَةٍۢwāḥidatinsingle
  5. ثُمَّthummaThen
  6. جَعَلَjaʿalaHe made
  7. مِنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  8. زَوْجَهَاzawjahāits mate
  9. وَأَنزَلَwa-anzalaAnd He sent down
  10. لَكُمlakumfor you
  11. مِّنَminaof
  12. ٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِl-anʿāmithe cattle
  13. ثَمَـٰنِيَةَthamāniyataeight
  14. أَزْوَٰجٍۢ ۚazwājinkinds
  15. يَخْلُقُكُمْyakhluqukumHe creates you
  16. فِىfīin
  17. بُطُونِbuṭūni(the) wombs
  18. أُمَّهَـٰتِكُمْummahātikum(of) your mothers
  19. خَلْقًۭاkhalqancreation
  20. مِّنۢminafter
  21. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  22. خَلْقٍۢkhalqincreation
  23. فِىfīin
  24. ظُلُمَـٰتٍۢẓulumātindarkness[es]
  25. ثَلَـٰثٍۢ ۚthalāthinthree
  26. ذَٰلِكُمُdhālikumuThat
  27. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
  28. رَبُّكُمْrabbukumyour Lord
  29. لَهُlahufor Him
  30. ٱلْمُلْكُ ۖl-mul'ku(is) the dominion
  31. لَآlā(There is) no
  32. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  33. إِلَّاillāexcept
  34. هُوَ ۖhuwaHe
  35. فَأَنَّىٰfa-annāThen how
  36. تُصْرَفُونَtuṣ'rafūnaare you turning away

Verse 7

إِن تَكْفُرُوا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَنِىٌّ عَنكُمْ ۖ وَلَا يَرْضَىٰ لِعِبَادِهِ ٱلْكُفْرَ ۖ وَإِن تَشْكُرُوا۟ يَرْضَهُ لَكُمْ ۗ وَلَا تَزِرُ وَازِرَةٌ وِزْرَ أُخْرَىٰ ۗ ثُمَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّكُم مَّرْجِعُكُمْ فَيُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ عَلِيمٌۢ بِذَاتِ ٱلصُّدُورِ

Transliteration in takfurū fa-inna l-laha ghaniyyun ʿankum walā yarḍā liʿibādihi l-kuf'ra wa-in tashkurū yarḍahu lakum walā taziru wāziratun wiz'ra ukh'rā thumma ilā rabbikum marjiʿukum fayunabbi-ukum bimā kuntum taʿmalūna innahu ʿalīmun bidhāti l-ṣudūri

English If you disbelieve - indeed, Allāh is Free from need of you. And He does not approve for His servants disbelief. And if you are grateful, He approves [i.e., likes] it for you; and no bearer of burdens will bear the burden of another. Then to your Lord is your return, and He will inform you about what you used to do. Indeed, He is Knowing of that within the breasts.

  1. إِنinIf
  2. تَكْفُرُوا۟takfurūyou disbelieve
  3. فَإِنَّfa-innathen indeed
  4. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  5. غَنِىٌّghaniyyun(is) free from need
  6. عَنكُمْ ۖʿankumof you
  7. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  8. يَرْضَىٰyarḍāHe likes
  9. لِعِبَادِهِliʿibādihiin His slaves
  10. ٱلْكُفْرَ ۖl-kuf'raungratefulness
  11. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  12. تَشْكُرُوا۟tashkurūyou are grateful
  13. يَرْضَهُyarḍahuHe likes it
  14. لَكُمْ ۗlakumin you
  15. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  16. تَزِرُtaziruwill bear
  17. وَازِرَةٌۭwāziratunbearer of burdens
  18. وِزْرَwiz'ra(the) burden
  19. أُخْرَىٰ ۗukh'rā(of) another
  20. ثُمَّthummaThen
  21. إِلَىٰilāto
  22. رَبِّكُمrabbikumyour Lord
  23. مَّرْجِعُكُمْmarjiʿukum(is) your return
  24. فَيُنَبِّئُكُمfayunabbi-ukumthen He will inform you
  25. بِمَاbimāabout what
  26. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  27. تَعْمَلُونَ ۚtaʿmalūnado
  28. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  29. عَلِيمٌۢʿalīmun(is) the All-Knower
  30. بِذَاتِbidhātiof what (is) in the breasts
  31. ٱلصُّدُورِl-ṣudūriof what (is) in the breasts

Verse 8

۞ وَإِذَا مَسَّ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَ ضُرٌّ دَعَا رَبَّهُۥ مُنِيبًا إِلَيْهِ ثُمَّ إِذَا خَوَّلَهُۥ نِعْمَةً مِّنْهُ نَسِىَ مَا كَانَ يَدْعُوٓا۟ إِلَيْهِ مِن قَبْلُ وَجَعَلَ لِلَّهِ أَندَادًا لِّيُضِلَّ عَن سَبِيلِهِۦ ۚ قُلْ تَمَتَّعْ بِكُفْرِكَ قَلِيلًا ۖ إِنَّكَ مِنْ أَصْحَـٰبِ ٱلنَّارِ

Transliteration wa-idhā massa l-insāna ḍurrun daʿā rabbahu munīban ilayhi thumma idhā khawwalahu niʿ'matan min'hu nasiya mā kāna yadʿū ilayhi min qablu wajaʿala lillahi andādan liyuḍilla ʿan sabīlihi qul tamattaʿ bikuf'rika qalīlan innaka min aṣḥābi l-nāri

English And when adversity touches man, he calls upon his Lord, turning to Him [alone]; then when He bestows on him a favor from Himself, he forgets Him whom he called upon before, and he attributes to Allāh equals to mislead [people] from His way. Say, "Enjoy your disbelief for a little; indeed, you are of the companions of the Fire."

  1. ۞ وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. مَسَّmassatouches
  3. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَl-insāna[the] man
  4. ضُرٌّۭḍurrunadversity
  5. دَعَاdaʿāhe calls
  6. رَبَّهُۥrabbahuhis Lord
  7. مُنِيبًاmunībanturning
  8. إِلَيْهِilayhito Him
  9. ثُمَّthummathen
  10. إِذَاidhāwhen
  11. خَوَّلَهُۥkhawwalahuHe bestows on him
  12. نِعْمَةًۭniʿ'matana favor
  13. مِّنْهُmin'hufrom Himself
  14. نَسِىَnasiyahe forgets
  15. مَاmā(for) what
  16. كَانَkānahe used to call
  17. يَدْعُوٓا۟yadʿūhe used to call
  18. إِلَيْهِilayhi[to] Him
  19. مِنminbefore
  20. قَبْلُqablubefore
  21. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand he sets up
  22. لِلَّهِlillahito Allah
  23. أَندَادًۭاandādanrivals
  24. لِّيُضِلَّliyuḍillato mislead
  25. عَنʿanfrom
  26. سَبِيلِهِۦ ۚsabīlihiHis Path
  27. قُلْqulSay
  28. تَمَتَّعْtamattaʿEnjoy
  29. بِكُفْرِكَbikuf'rikain your disbelief
  30. قَلِيلًا ۖqalīlan(for) a little
  31. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed, you
  32. مِنْmin(are) of
  33. أَصْحَـٰبِaṣḥābi(the) companions
  34. ٱلنَّارِl-nāri(of) the Fire

Verse 9

أَمَّنْ هُوَ قَـٰنِتٌ ءَانَآءَ ٱلَّيْلِ سَاجِدًا وَقَآئِمًا يَحْذَرُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةَ وَيَرْجُوا۟ رَحْمَةَ رَبِّهِۦ ۗ قُلْ هَلْ يَسْتَوِى ٱلَّذِينَ يَعْلَمُونَ وَٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ ۗ إِنَّمَا يَتَذَكَّرُ أُو۟لُوا۟ ٱلْأَلْبَـٰبِ

Transliteration amman huwa qānitun ānāa al-layli sājidan waqāiman yaḥdharu l-ākhirata wayarjū raḥmata rabbihi qul hal yastawī alladhīna yaʿlamūna wa-alladhīna lā yaʿlamūna innamā yatadhakkaru ulū l-albābi

English Is one who is devoutly obedient during periods of the night, prostrating and standing [in prayer], fearing the Hereafter and hoping for the mercy of his Lord, [like one who does not]? Say, "Are those who know equal to those who do not know?" Only they will remember [who are] people of understanding.

  1. أَمَّنْammanIs (one) who
  2. هُوَhuwa[he]
  3. قَـٰنِتٌqānitun(is) devoutly obedient
  4. ءَانَآءَānāa(during) hours
  5. ٱلَّيْلِal-layli(of) the night
  6. سَاجِدًۭاsājidanprostrating
  7. وَقَآئِمًۭاwaqāimanand standing
  8. يَحْذَرُyaḥdharufearing
  9. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةَl-ākhiratathe Hereafter
  10. وَيَرْجُوا۟wayarjūand hoping
  11. رَحْمَةَraḥmata(for the) Mercy
  12. رَبِّهِۦ ۗrabbihi(of) his Lord
  13. قُلْqulSay
  14. هَلْhalAre
  15. يَسْتَوِىyastawīequal
  16. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  17. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow
  18. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those who
  19. لَاlā(do) not
  20. يَعْلَمُونَ ۗyaʿlamūnaknow
  21. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  22. يَتَذَكَّرُyatadhakkaruwill take heed
  23. أُو۟لُوا۟ulūthose of understanding
  24. ٱلْأَلْبَـٰبِl-albābithose of understanding

Verse 10

قُلْ يَـٰعِبَادِ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱتَّقُوا۟ رَبَّكُمْ ۚ لِلَّذِينَ أَحْسَنُوا۟ فِى هَـٰذِهِ ٱلدُّنْيَا حَسَنَةٌ ۗ وَأَرْضُ ٱللَّهِ وَٰسِعَةٌ ۗ إِنَّمَا يُوَفَّى ٱلصَّـٰبِرُونَ أَجْرَهُم بِغَيْرِ حِسَابٍ

Transliteration qul yāʿibādi alladhīna āmanū ittaqū rabbakum lilladhīna aḥsanū fī hādhihi l-dun'yā ḥasanatun wa-arḍu l-lahi wāsiʿatun innamā yuwaffā l-ṣābirūna ajrahum bighayri ḥisābin

English Say, "O My servants who have believed, fear your Lord. For those who do good in this world is good, and the earth of Allāh is spacious. Indeed, the patient will be given their reward without account [i.e., limit]."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. يَـٰعِبَادِyāʿibādiO My slaves
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna[those] who
  4. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  5. ٱتَّقُوا۟ittaqūFear
  6. رَبَّكُمْ ۚrabbakumyour Lord
  7. لِلَّذِينَlilladhīnaFor those who
  8. أَحْسَنُوا۟aḥsanūdo good
  9. فِىfīin
  10. هَـٰذِهِhādhihithis
  11. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yāworld
  12. حَسَنَةٌۭ ۗḥasanatun(is) good
  13. وَأَرْضُwa-arḍuand the earth
  14. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  15. وَٰسِعَةٌ ۗwāsiʿatun(is) spacious
  16. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  17. يُوَفَّىyuwaffāwill be paid back in full
  18. ٱلصَّـٰبِرُونَl-ṣābirūnathe patient ones
  19. أَجْرَهُمajrahumtheir reward
  20. بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
  21. حِسَابٍۢḥisābinaccount

Verse 11

قُلْ إِنِّىٓ أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَعْبُدَ ٱللَّهَ مُخْلِصًا لَّهُ ٱلدِّينَ

Transliteration qul innī umir'tu an aʿbuda l-laha mukh'liṣan lahu l-dīna

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "Indeed, I have been commanded to worship Allāh, [being] sincere to Him in religion.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  3. أُمِرْتُumir'tu[I] am commanded
  4. أَنْanthat
  5. أَعْبُدَaʿbudaI worship
  6. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  7. مُخْلِصًۭاmukh'liṣan(being) sincere
  8. لَّهُlahuto Him
  9. ٱلدِّينَl-dīna(in) the religion

Verse 12

وَأُمِرْتُ لِأَنْ أَكُونَ أَوَّلَ ٱلْمُسْلِمِينَ

Transliteration wa-umir'tu li-an akūna awwala l-mus'limīna

English And I have been commanded to be the first [among you] of the Muslims."

  1. وَأُمِرْتُwa-umir'tuAnd I am commanded
  2. لِأَنْli-anthat
  3. أَكُونَakūnaI be
  4. أَوَّلَawwala(the) first
  5. ٱلْمُسْلِمِينَl-mus'limīna(of) those who submit

Verse 13

قُلْ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ إِنْ عَصَيْتُ رَبِّى عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ

Transliteration qul innī akhāfu in ʿaṣaytu rabbī ʿadhāba yawmin ʿaẓīmin

English Say, "Indeed I fear, if I should disobey my Lord, the punishment of a tremendous Day."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  3. أَخَافُakhāfu[I] fear
  4. إِنْinif
  5. عَصَيْتُʿaṣaytuI disobey
  6. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  7. عَذَابَʿadhāba(the) punishment
  8. يَوْمٍyawmin(of) a Day
  9. عَظِيمٍۢʿaẓīmingreat

Verse 14

قُلِ ٱللَّهَ أَعْبُدُ مُخْلِصًا لَّهُۥ دِينِى

Transliteration quli l-laha aʿbudu mukh'liṣan lahu dīnī

English Say, "Allāh [alone] do I worship, sincere to Him in my religion,

  1. قُلِquliSay
  2. ٱللَّهَl-lahaI worship Allah
  3. أَعْبُدُaʿbuduI worship Allah
  4. مُخْلِصًۭاmukh'liṣan(being) sincere
  5. لَّهُۥlahuto Him
  6. دِينِىdīnī(in) my religion

Verse 15

فَٱعْبُدُوا۟ مَا شِئْتُم مِّن دُونِهِۦ ۗ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَأَهْلِيهِمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۗ أَلَا ذَٰلِكَ هُوَ ٱلْخُسْرَانُ ٱلْمُبِينُ

Transliteration fa-uʿ'budū mā shi'tum min dūnihi qul inna l-khāsirīna alladhīna khasirū anfusahum wa-ahlīhim yawma l-qiyāmati alā dhālika huwa l-khus'rānu l-mubīnu

English So worship what you will besides Him." Say, "Indeed, the losers are the ones who will lose themselves and their families on the Day of Resurrection. Unquestionably, that is the manifest loss."

  1. فَٱعْبُدُوا۟fa-uʿ'budūSo worship
  2. مَاmāwhat
  3. شِئْتُمshi'tumyou will
  4. مِّنminbesides Him
  5. دُونِهِۦ ۗdūnihibesides Him
  6. قُلْqulSay
  7. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  8. ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَl-khāsirīnathe losers
  9. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) those who
  10. خَسِرُوٓا۟khasirū(will) lose
  11. أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumthemselves
  12. وَأَهْلِيهِمْwa-ahlīhimand their families
  13. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  14. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۗl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  15. أَلَاalāUnquestionably
  16. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  17. هُوَhuwait
  18. ٱلْخُسْرَانُl-khus'rānu(is) the loss
  19. ٱلْمُبِينُl-mubīnuthe clear

Verse 16

لَهُم مِّن فَوْقِهِمْ ظُلَلٌ مِّنَ ٱلنَّارِ وَمِن تَحْتِهِمْ ظُلَلٌ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ يُخَوِّفُ ٱللَّهُ بِهِۦ عِبَادَهُۥ ۚ يَـٰعِبَادِ فَٱتَّقُونِ

Transliteration lahum min fawqihim ẓulalun mina l-nāri wamin taḥtihim ẓulalun dhālika yukhawwifu l-lahu bihi ʿibādahu yāʿibādi fa-ittaqūni

English They will have canopies [i.e., layers] of fire above them and below them, canopies. By that Allāh threatens [i.e., warns] His servants. O My servants, then fear Me.

  1. لَهُمlahumFor them
  2. مِّنminfrom
  3. فَوْقِهِمْfawqihimabove them
  4. ظُلَلٌۭẓulaluncoverings
  5. مِّنَminaof
  6. ٱلنَّارِl-nārithe Fire
  7. وَمِنwaminand from
  8. تَحْتِهِمْtaḥtihimbelow them
  9. ظُلَلٌۭ ۚẓulaluncoverings
  10. ذَٰلِكَdhālika(With) that
  11. يُخَوِّفُyukhawwifuthreatens
  12. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  13. بِهِۦbihi[with it]
  14. عِبَادَهُۥ ۚʿibādahuHis slaves
  15. يَـٰعِبَادِyāʿibādiO My slaves
  16. فَٱتَّقُونِfa-ittaqūniSo fear Me

Verse 17

وَٱلَّذِينَ ٱجْتَنَبُوا۟ ٱلطَّـٰغُوتَ أَن يَعْبُدُوهَا وَأَنَابُوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ لَهُمُ ٱلْبُشْرَىٰ ۚ فَبَشِّرْ عِبَادِ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna ij'tanabū l-ṭāghūta an yaʿbudūhā wa-anābū ilā l-lahi lahumu l-bush'rā fabashir ʿibādi

English But those who have avoided ṭāghūt, lest they worship it, and turned back to Allāh - for them are good tidings. So give good tidings to My servants

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. ٱجْتَنَبُوا۟ij'tanabūavoid
  3. ٱلطَّـٰغُوتَl-ṭāghūtathe false gods
  4. أَنanlest
  5. يَعْبُدُوهَاyaʿbudūhāthey worship them
  6. وَأَنَابُوٓا۟wa-anābūand turn
  7. إِلَىilāto
  8. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  9. لَهُمُlahumufor them
  10. ٱلْبُشْرَىٰ ۚl-bush'rā(are) glad tidings
  11. فَبَشِّرْfabashirSo give glad tidings
  12. عِبَادِʿibādi(to) My slaves

Verse 18

ٱلَّذِينَ يَسْتَمِعُونَ ٱلْقَوْلَ فَيَتَّبِعُونَ أَحْسَنَهُۥٓ ۚ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ هَدَىٰهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ۖ وَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمْ أُو۟لُوا۟ ٱلْأَلْبَـٰبِ

Transliteration alladhīna yastamiʿūna l-qawla fayattabiʿūna aḥsanahu ulāika alladhīna hadāhumu l-lahu wa-ulāika hum ulū l-albābi

English Who listen to speech and follow the best of it. Those are the ones Allāh has guided, and those are people of understanding.

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  2. يَسْتَمِعُونَyastamiʿūnathey listen (to)
  3. ٱلْقَوْلَl-qawlathe Word
  4. فَيَتَّبِعُونَfayattabiʿūnathen follow
  5. أَحْسَنَهُۥٓ ۚaḥsanahuthe best thereof
  6. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikathose
  7. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) they whom
  8. هَدَىٰهُمُhadāhumuAllah has guided them
  9. ٱللَّهُ ۖl-lahuAllah has guided them
  10. وَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَwa-ulāikaand those
  11. هُمْhumare [they]
  12. أُو۟لُوا۟ulūthe men of understanding
  13. ٱلْأَلْبَـٰبِl-albābithe men of understanding

Verse 19

أَفَمَنْ حَقَّ عَلَيْهِ كَلِمَةُ ٱلْعَذَابِ أَفَأَنتَ تُنقِذُ مَن فِى ٱلنَّارِ

Transliteration afaman ḥaqqa ʿalayhi kalimatu l-ʿadhābi afa-anta tunqidhu man fī l-nāri

English Then, is one who has deserved the decree of punishment [to be guided]? Then, can you save one who is in the Fire?

  1. أَفَمَنْafamanThen, is (one) who
  2. حَقَّḥaqqabecame due
  3. عَلَيْهِʿalayhion him
  4. كَلِمَةُkalimatuthe word
  5. ٱلْعَذَابِl-ʿadhābi(of) the punishment
  6. أَفَأَنتَafa-antaThen can you
  7. تُنقِذُtunqidhusave
  8. مَنman(one) who
  9. فِىfī(is) in
  10. ٱلنَّارِl-nārithe Fire

Verse 20

لَـٰكِنِ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّقَوْا۟ رَبَّهُمْ لَهُمْ غُرَفٌ مِّن فَوْقِهَا غُرَفٌ مَّبْنِيَّةٌ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُ ۖ وَعْدَ ٱللَّهِ ۖ لَا يُخْلِفُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْمِيعَادَ

Transliteration lākini alladhīna ittaqaw rabbahum lahum ghurafun min fawqihā ghurafun mabniyyatun tajrī min taḥtihā l-anhāru waʿda l-lahi lā yukh'lifu l-lahu l-mīʿāda

English But those who have feared their Lord - for them are chambers, above them chambers built high, beneath which rivers flow. [This is] the promise of Allāh. Allāh does not fail in [His] promise.

  1. لَـٰكِنِlākiniBut
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ٱتَّقَوْا۟ittaqawfear
  4. رَبَّهُمْrabbahumtheir Lord
  5. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  6. غُرَفٌۭghurafun(are) lofty mansions
  7. مِّنminabove them
  8. فَوْقِهَاfawqihāabove them
  9. غُرَفٌۭghurafunlofty mansions
  10. مَّبْنِيَّةٌۭmabniyyatunbuilt high
  11. تَجْرِىtajrīflow
  12. مِنminfrom
  13. تَحْتِهَاtaḥtihābeneath it
  14. ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُ ۖl-anhāruthe rivers
  15. وَعْدَwaʿda(The) Promise
  16. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahi(of) Allah
  17. لَاlāNot
  18. يُخْلِفُyukh'lifuAllah fails
  19. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah fails
  20. ٱلْمِيعَادَl-mīʿāda(in His) promise

Verse 21

أَلَمْ تَرَ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ أَنزَلَ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءً فَسَلَكَهُۥ يَنَـٰبِيعَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ثُمَّ يُخْرِجُ بِهِۦ زَرْعًا مُّخْتَلِفًا أَلْوَٰنُهُۥ ثُمَّ يَهِيجُ فَتَرَىٰهُ مُصْفَرًّا ثُمَّ يَجْعَلُهُۥ حُطَـٰمًا ۚ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَذِكْرَىٰ لِأُو۟لِى ٱلْأَلْبَـٰبِ

Transliteration alam tara anna l-laha anzala mina l-samāi māan fasalakahu yanābīʿa fī l-arḍi thumma yukh'riju bihi zarʿan mukh'talifan alwānuhu thumma yahīju fatarāhu muṣ'farran thumma yajʿaluhu ḥuṭāman inna fī dhālika ladhik'rā li-ulī l-albābi

English Do you not see that Allāh sends down rain from the sky and makes it flow as springs [and rivers] in the earth; then He produces thereby crops of varying colors; then they dry and you see them turned yellow; then He makes them [scattered] debris. Indeed in that is a reminder for those of understanding.

  1. أَلَمْalamDo not
  2. تَرَtarayou see
  3. أَنَّannathat
  4. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  5. أَنزَلَanzalasends down
  6. مِنَminafrom
  7. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  8. مَآءًۭmāanwater
  9. فَسَلَكَهُۥfasalakahuand He makes it flow
  10. يَنَـٰبِيعَyanābīʿa(as) springs
  11. فِىfīin
  12. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  13. ثُمَّthummathen
  14. يُخْرِجُyukh'rijuHe produces
  15. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  16. زَرْعًۭاzarʿancrops
  17. مُّخْتَلِفًاmukh'talifan(of) different
  18. أَلْوَٰنُهُۥalwānuhucolors
  19. ثُمَّthummathen
  20. يَهِيجُyahījuthey wither
  21. فَتَرَىٰهُfatarāhuand you see it
  22. مُصْفَرًّۭاmuṣ'farranturn yellow
  23. ثُمَّthummathen
  24. يَجْعَلُهُۥyajʿaluhuHe makes them
  25. حُطَـٰمًا ۚḥuṭāmandebris
  26. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  27. فِىfīin
  28. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  29. لَذِكْرَىٰladhik'rāsurely, (is) a reminder
  30. لِأُو۟لِىli-ulīfor those of understanding
  31. ٱلْأَلْبَـٰبِl-albābifor those of understanding

Verse 22

أَفَمَن شَرَحَ ٱللَّهُ صَدْرَهُۥ لِلْإِسْلَـٰمِ فَهُوَ عَلَىٰ نُورٍ مِّن رَّبِّهِۦ ۚ فَوَيْلٌ لِّلْقَـٰسِيَةِ قُلُوبُهُم مِّن ذِكْرِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ فِى ضَلَـٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration afaman sharaḥa l-lahu ṣadrahu lil'is'lāmi fahuwa ʿalā nūrin min rabbihi fawaylun lil'qāsiyati qulūbuhum min dhik'ri l-lahi ulāika fī ḍalālin mubīnin

English So is one whose breast Allāh has expanded to [accept] Islām and he is upon [i.e., guided by] a light from his Lord [like one whose heart rejects it]? Then woe to those whose hearts are hardened against the remembrance of Allāh. Those are in manifest error.

  1. أَفَمَنafamanSo is (one for) whom
  2. شَرَحَsharaḥaAllah has expanded
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah has expanded
  4. صَدْرَهُۥṣadrahuhis breast
  5. لِلْإِسْلَـٰمِlil'is'lāmifor Islam
  6. فَهُوَfahuwaso he
  7. عَلَىٰʿalā(is) upon
  8. نُورٍۢnūrina light
  9. مِّنminfrom
  10. رَّبِّهِۦ ۚrabbihihis Lord
  11. فَوَيْلٌۭfawaylunSo woe
  12. لِّلْقَـٰسِيَةِlil'qāsiyatito (those are) hardened
  13. قُلُوبُهُمqulūbuhumtheir hearts
  14. مِّنminfrom
  15. ذِكْرِdhik'ri(the) remembrance of Allah
  16. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahi(the) remembrance of Allah
  17. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  18. فِىfī(are) in
  19. ضَلَـٰلٍۢḍalālinerror
  20. مُّبِينٍmubīninclear

Verse 23

ٱللَّهُ نَزَّلَ أَحْسَنَ ٱلْحَدِيثِ كِتَـٰبًا مُّتَشَـٰبِهًا مَّثَانِىَ تَقْشَعِرُّ مِنْهُ جُلُودُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَخْشَوْنَ رَبَّهُمْ ثُمَّ تَلِينُ جُلُودُهُمْ وَقُلُوبُهُمْ إِلَىٰ ذِكْرِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ هُدَى ٱللَّهِ يَهْدِى بِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ ۚ وَمَن يُضْلِلِ ٱللَّهُ فَمَا لَهُۥ مِنْ هَادٍ

Transliteration al-lahu nazzala aḥsana l-ḥadīthi kitāban mutashābihan mathāniya taqshaʿirru min'hu julūdu alladhīna yakhshawna rabbahum thumma talīnu julūduhum waqulūbuhum ilā dhik'ri l-lahi dhālika hudā l-lahi yahdī bihi man yashāu waman yuḍ'lili l-lahu famā lahu min hādin

English Allāh has sent down the best statement: a consistent Book wherein is reiteration. The skins shiver therefrom of those who fear their Lord; then their skins and their hearts relax at the remembrance [i.e., mention] of Allāh. That is the guidance of Allāh by which He guides whom He wills. And one whom Allāh sends astray - for him there is no guide.

  1. ٱللَّهُal-lahuAllah
  2. نَزَّلَnazzalahas revealed
  3. أَحْسَنَaḥsana(the) best
  4. ٱلْحَدِيثِl-ḥadīthi(of) [the] statement
  5. كِتَـٰبًۭاkitābana Book
  6. مُّتَشَـٰبِهًۭاmutashābihan(its parts) resembling each other
  7. مَّثَانِىَmathāniyaoft-repeated
  8. تَقْشَعِرُّtaqshaʿirruShiver
  9. مِنْهُmin'hufrom it
  10. جُلُودُjulūdu(the) skins
  11. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
  12. يَخْشَوْنَyakhshawnafear
  13. رَبَّهُمْrabbahumtheir Lord
  14. ثُمَّthummathen
  15. تَلِينُtalīnurelax
  16. جُلُودُهُمْjulūduhumtheir skins
  17. وَقُلُوبُهُمْwaqulūbuhumand their hearts
  18. إِلَىٰilāat
  19. ذِكْرِdhik'ri(the) remembrance
  20. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahi(of) Allah
  21. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  22. هُدَىhudā(is the) guidance
  23. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  24. يَهْدِىyahdīHe guides
  25. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  26. مَنmanwhom
  27. يَشَآءُ ۚyashāuHe wills
  28. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  29. يُضْلِلِyuḍ'liliAllah lets go astray
  30. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah lets go astray
  31. فَمَاfamāthen not
  32. لَهُۥlahufor him
  33. مِنْminany
  34. هَادٍhādinguide

Verse 24

أَفَمَن يَتَّقِى بِوَجْهِهِۦ سُوٓءَ ٱلْعَذَابِ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۚ وَقِيلَ لِلظَّـٰلِمِينَ ذُوقُوا۟ مَا كُنتُمْ تَكْسِبُونَ

Transliteration afaman yattaqī biwajhihi sūa l-ʿadhābi yawma l-qiyāmati waqīla lilẓẓālimīna dhūqū mā kuntum taksibūna

English Then is he who will shield with his face the worst of the punishment on the Day of Resurrection [like one secure from it]? And it will be said to the wrongdoers, "Taste what you used to earn."

  1. أَفَمَنafamanThen (is) he who
  2. يَتَّقِىyattaqīwill shield
  3. بِوَجْهِهِۦbiwajhihiwith his face
  4. سُوٓءَsūa(the) worst
  5. ٱلْعَذَابِl-ʿadhābipunishment
  6. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  7. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۚl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  8. وَقِيلَwaqīlaAnd it will be said
  9. لِلظَّـٰلِمِينَlilẓẓālimīnato the wrongdoers
  10. ذُوقُوا۟dhūqūTaste
  11. مَاmāwhat
  12. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  13. تَكْسِبُونَtaksibūnaearn

Verse 25

كَذَّبَ ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِمْ فَأَتَىٰهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابُ مِنْ حَيْثُ لَا يَشْعُرُونَ

Transliteration kadhaba alladhīna min qablihim fa-atāhumu l-ʿadhābu min ḥaythu lā yashʿurūna

English Those before them denied, and punishment came upon them from where they did not perceive.

  1. كَذَّبَkadhabaDenied
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. مِنmin(were) before them
  4. قَبْلِهِمْqablihim(were) before them
  5. فَأَتَىٰهُمُfa-atāhumuso came upon them
  6. ٱلْعَذَابُl-ʿadhābuthe punishment
  7. مِنْminfrom
  8. حَيْثُḥaythuwhere
  9. لَاlānot
  10. يَشْعُرُونَyashʿurūnathey perceive

Verse 26

فَأَذَاقَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْخِزْىَ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۖ وَلَعَذَابُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ أَكْبَرُ ۚ لَوْ كَانُوا۟ يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration fa-adhāqahumu l-lahu l-khiz'ya fī l-ḥayati l-dun'yā walaʿadhābu l-ākhirati akbaru law kānū yaʿlamūna

English So Allāh made them taste disgrace in worldly life. But the punishment of the Hereafter is greater, if they only knew.

  1. فَأَذَاقَهُمُfa-adhāqahumuSo Allah made them
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuSo Allah made them
  3. ٱلْخِزْىَl-khiz'yathe disgrace
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayatithe life
  6. ٱلدُّنْيَا ۖl-dun'yā(of) the world
  7. وَلَعَذَابُwalaʿadhābuand certainly (the) punishment
  8. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhirati(of) the Hereafter
  9. أَكْبَرُ ۚakbaru(is) greater
  10. لَوْlawif
  11. كَانُوا۟kānūthey
  12. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknew

Verse 27

وَلَقَدْ ضَرَبْنَا لِلنَّاسِ فِى هَـٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانِ مِن كُلِّ مَثَلٍ لَّعَلَّهُمْ يَتَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration walaqad ḍarabnā lilnnāsi fī hādhā l-qur'āni min kulli mathalin laʿallahum yatadhakkarūna

English And We have certainly presented for the people in this Qur’ān from every [kind of] example - that they might remember.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd indeed
  2. ضَرَبْنَاḍarabnāWe have set forth
  3. لِلنَّاسِlilnnāsifor people
  4. فِىfīin
  5. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  6. ٱلْقُرْءَانِl-qur'āniQuran
  7. مِنminof
  8. كُلِّkullievery
  9. مَثَلٍۢmathalinexample
  10. لَّعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  11. يَتَذَكَّرُونَyatadhakkarūnatake heed

Verse 28

قُرْءَانًا عَرَبِيًّا غَيْرَ ذِى عِوَجٍ لَّعَلَّهُمْ يَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration qur'ānan ʿarabiyyan ghayra dhī ʿiwajin laʿallahum yattaqūna

English [It is] an Arabic Qur’ān, without any deviance that they might become righteous.

  1. قُرْءَانًاqur'ānanA Quran
  2. عَرَبِيًّاʿarabiyyan(in) Arabic
  3. غَيْرَghayrawithout
  4. ذِىdhīany
  5. عِوَجٍۢʿiwajincrookedness
  6. لَّعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  7. يَتَّقُونَyattaqūna(become) righteous

Verse 29

ضَرَبَ ٱللَّهُ مَثَلًا رَّجُلًا فِيهِ شُرَكَآءُ مُتَشَـٰكِسُونَ وَرَجُلًا سَلَمًا لِّرَجُلٍ هَلْ يَسْتَوِيَانِ مَثَلًا ۚ ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ۚ بَلْ أَكْثَرُهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration ḍaraba l-lahu mathalan rajulan fīhi shurakāu mutashākisūna warajulan salaman lirajulin hal yastawiyāni mathalan l-ḥamdu lillahi bal aktharuhum lā yaʿlamūna

English Allāh presents an example: a man [i.e., slave] owned by quarreling partners and another belonging exclusively to one man - are they equal in comparison? Praise be to Allāh! But most of them do not know.

  1. ضَرَبَḍarabaAllah sets forth
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah sets forth
  3. مَثَلًۭاmathalanan example
  4. رَّجُلًۭاrajulana man
  5. فِيهِfīhiabout him
  6. شُرَكَآءُshurakāupartners
  7. مُتَشَـٰكِسُونَmutashākisūnaquarreling
  8. وَرَجُلًۭاwarajulanand a man
  9. سَلَمًۭاsalaman(belonging) exclusively
  10. لِّرَجُلٍlirajulinto one man
  11. هَلْhalare
  12. يَسْتَوِيَانِyastawiyānithey both equal
  13. مَثَلًا ۚmathalan(in) comparison
  14. ٱلْحَمْدُl-ḥamduAll praise
  15. لِلَّهِ ۚlillahi(be) to Allah
  16. بَلْbalNay
  17. أَكْثَرُهُمْaktharuhummost of them
  18. لَاlā(do) not
  19. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 30

إِنَّكَ مَيِّتٌ وَإِنَّهُم مَّيِّتُونَ

Transliteration innaka mayyitun wa-innahum mayyitūna

English Indeed, you are to die, and indeed, they are to die.

  1. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed, you
  2. مَيِّتٌۭmayyitunwill die
  3. وَإِنَّهُمwa-innahumand indeed, they
  4. مَّيِّتُونَmayyitūna(will also) die

Verse 31

ثُمَّ إِنَّكُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ عِندَ رَبِّكُمْ تَخْتَصِمُونَ

Transliteration thumma innakum yawma l-qiyāmati ʿinda rabbikum takhtaṣimūna

English Then indeed you, on the Day of Resurrection, before your Lord, will dispute.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. إِنَّكُمْinnakumindeed you
  3. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  4. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  5. عِندَʿindabefore
  6. رَبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
  7. تَخْتَصِمُونَtakhtaṣimūnawill dispute

Learn it in MyDugsi

Juz boundaries and word by word: Quran.com. English translation: Saheeh International. Recitation: Mishary Alafasy, from EveryAyah.com. MyDugsi is a learning aid, not a replacement for a qualified teacher.